2005 350-z OWNER'S MANUAL
Upcoming SlideShare
Loading in...5
×
 

Like this? Share it with your network

Share

2005 350-z OWNER'S MANUAL

on

  • 913 views

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2005 350-z or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey ...

Classic Cars Nissan offers you excellent sales and service on new or used Nissan vehicles. Stop in and test drive a Nissan 2005 350-z or any car or truck today! We're located Hainesport New Jersey between Cherry Hill and Mount Holly. Only 20 minutes from Philadelphia. Classic Cars Nissan 1513 Route 38 Hainesport, NJ 08036 866-CLASSIC or 866-252-7742

Statistics

Views

Total Views
913
Views on SlideShare
913
Embed Views
0

Actions

Likes
0
Downloads
0
Comments
0

0 Embeds 0

No embeds

Accessibility

Categories

Upload Details

Uploaded via as Adobe PDF

Usage Rights

© All Rights Reserved

Report content

Flagged as inappropriate Flag as inappropriate
Flag as inappropriate

Select your reason for flagging this presentation as inappropriate.

Cancel
  • Full Name Full Name Comment goes here.
    Are you sure you want to
    Your message goes here
    Processing…
Post Comment
Edit your comment

2005 350-z OWNER'S MANUAL Presentation Transcript

  • 1. ForewordWelcome to the growing family of new NISSAN tenance requirements, assisting you in the MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEowners. This vehicle is delivered to you with safe operation of your vehicle.confidence. It was produced using the latest This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-techniques and strict quality control. fication could affect its performance, WARNING safety or durability, and may even violateThis manual was prepared to help you under- governmental regulations. In addition,stand the operation and maintenance of your IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA- damage or performance problems result-vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of TION ing from modification may not be covereddriving pleasure. Please read through this under NISSAN warranties. REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!manual before operating your vehicle. Follow these important driving rules to WHEN READING THE MANUALA separate Warranty Information Booklet help ensure a safe and comfortable trip This manual includes information for allexplains details about the warranties cov- for you and your passengers! options available on this model. There-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service fore, you may find some information thatand Maintenance Guide explains details ¼ Never drive under the influence of does not apply to your vehicle.about maintaining and servicing your ve- alcohol or drugs.hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer All information, specifications and illustrations in ¼ Always observe posted speed limitsCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will this manual are those in effect at the time of and never drive too fast for condi- printing. NISSAN reserves the right to changeexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well as tions. specifications or design at any time withoutclarify your rights under your state’s lemon ¼ Always use the seat belts. Refer to notice.law. “Child safety” and “Child restraints” in the “Safety — Seats, seat belts andYour NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have any supplemental restraint system” sec-questions, we will be glad to assist you with the tion for precautions regarding chil-extensive resources available to us. dren. ¼ Always provide information about theREAD FIRST — THEN DRIVE proper use of vehicle safety featuresSAFELY to all occupants of the vehicle.Before driving your vehicle please read ¼ Always review this Owner’s Manualyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This will for important safety information.ensure familiarity with controls and main- ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 2. IMPORTANT INFORMATION CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65ABOUT THIS MANUAL WARNINGYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways: WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State ofThis is used to indicate the presence of a California to cause cancer and birthhazard that could cause death or serious defects or other reproductive harm. Inpersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the addition, certain fluids contained in ve-risk, the procedures must be followed hicles and certain products of compo-precisely. nent wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause SIC0697 cancer and birth defects or other repro- ductive harm. CAUTION If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen”.This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moder-ate personal injury or damage to your If you see a symbol similar to these in anvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the illustration, it means the arrow points to the frontprocedures must be followed carefully. of the vehicle. Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action. © 2004 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. TOKYO, JAPAN Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be call attention to an item in the illustration. reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 3. Welcome To The World Of NISSAN to the supply of lubricants, parts and accessories. NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and computers in automobiles, and has led the industry in improving both performance and fuel efficiency through new engine designs and the use of syn- thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. The company has also developed ways to build quality into its vehicles at each stage of the production process, both through extensive use of automation and — most importantly — through an awareness that people are the central element in quality control. From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers until you took delivery of your new NISSAN, dozens of checks were made to ensure that only the best WFW0002 job was being done in producing and delivering your vehicle. NISSAN also takes great care toYour new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to the facilities include the Nissan Manufacturing ensure that when you take your NISSAN to yourproduce the finest in safe, reliable and economical facility in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle styling de- dealer for maintenance, the service technician willtransportation. Your vehicle is the product of a sign at Nissan Design America, Inc. in San Diego, perform his work according to the quality stan-successful worldwide company that manufactures California, and engineering at Nissan Technical dards that have been established by NISSAN.cars and trucks in over 17 countries and distributes Center North America in Farmington Hills, Michi- gan. Additionally, NISSAN employs nearly 18,000 Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. Asthem in 170 nations. you know, seat belts are an integral part of the people throughout the United States, Canada, andNISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactured Mexico. An additional 71,000 people work for the safety systems that will help protect you and yourby Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded in 1,500 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers across North passengers in the event of a sudden stop or anTokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates world America. accident. We urge you to use the seat belts everywide, collectively growing to become the fifth time you drive the vehicle.largest automaker in the world. In addition to cars NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to theand trucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks, Canadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its sup- The NISSAN story of growth and achievementmarine engines, boats and other diversified prod- pliers and over 140 dealers employ approximately reflects our major goal: to provide you, our cus-ucts. 4,500 people. These include company employees tomer, with a vehicle that is built with quality and and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across craftsmanship — a product that we can be proudNISSAN has made a substantial and growing Canada. In addition, many Canadians work for to build and you can be proud to own.investment in North America. NISSAN’s commit- companies that supply NISSAN and NISSAN deal-ment is nearly $4 billion dollars in capital invest- ers with materials and services ranging from op-ments in facilities across the continent. Some of eration of port facilities and transportation services ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 4. NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES ...Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealerare our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.However, if there is something that your The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the informationNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you the following information: on the left at:would like to provide NISSAN directly with — Your name, address, and telephone For U.S. customerscomments or questions, please contact our number Nissan North America, Inc.(NISSAN’s) Consumer Affairs Department us- — Vehicle identification number (on dash panel) Consumer Affairs Departmenting our toll-free number: — Date of purchase P.O. Box 191For U.S. customers — Current odometer reading Gardena, California 90248-0191 1-800-NISSAN-1 — Your NISSAN dealer’s name For Canadian customers (1-800-647-7261) — Your comments or questions Nissan Canada Inc.For Canadian customers OR 5290 Orbitor Drive 1-800-387-0122 Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle. ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 5. Table of Illustrated table of contentsContents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre-driving checks and adjustments Heater, air conditioner and audio systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do-it-yourself Technical and consumer information Index ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 6. 0 Illustrated table of contentsExterior front ........................................................................... 0-2Exterior rear ............................................................................ 0-3Passenger compartment ...................................................... 0-5Instrument panel ................................................................... 0-7Engine compartment check locations ............................. 0-8 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 7. EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Hood (P.3-9) 2. Windshield wiper and washer — Switch (P.2-22) — Wiper replacement (P.8-20) 3. Interior light (P.2-40) 4. Power windows (P.2-38) 5. Towing hook installation (P.6-12) License plate installation (P.9-13) 6. Headlight, park and turn signal lights — Switch (P.2-24) — Bulb replacement (P.8-27) 7. Tires — Wheels and tires (P.8-31, P.9-9) — Flat tire (P.6-2) 8. Outside mirrors (P.3-18) 9. Doors — Keys (P.3-2) — Door locks (P.3-2) — Keyfob (P.3-4) SSI00010-2 Illustrated table of contents ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 8. EXTERIOR REAR Coupe models 1. Antenna (P.4-26) 2. Rear hatch release switch (P.3-10) 3. Rear window defroster (P.2-23) 4. High-mounted stop light (Bulb) (P.8-28) 5. Rear window wiper and washer (P.2-22) 6. License plate lights (Bulb replacement) (P.8-28) 7. Rear hatch release (secondary) (P.3-10) 8. Luggage compartment light (P.2-41, P.8-28) 9. Back-up, Turn signal light (Bulb replacement) (P.8-28) 10. Side marker, Stop/Tail light (Bulb replace- ment) (P.8-28) 11. Fuel — Fuel filler lid (P.3-13) — Fuel recommendation (P.9-3) SSI0002 Illustrated table of contents 0-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 9. Roadster models 1. Antenna (P.4-26) 2. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-11) 3. Trunk light (P.2-41, P.8-28) 4. High-mounted stop light (Bulb) (P.8-28) 5. Rear window defroster (P.2-23) 6. Soft top (P.3-19) 7. Interior trunk lid release (P.3-12) 8. License plate lights (Bulb replacement) (P.8-28) 9. Back-up, Turn signal light (Bulb replacement) (P.8-28) 10. Side marker, Stop/Tail light (Bulb replace- ment) (P.8-28) 11. Fuel — Fuel filler lid (P.3-13) — Fuel recommendation (P.9-3) SSI00030-4 Illustrated table of contents ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 10. PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Coupe models 1. Coat hook (P.2-37) 2. Seat belts (P.1-10) 3. Seats - Manual seats adjustment (P.1-3) - Power seats adjustment (P.1-4) 4. Tilt lever for passenger seat (seatback) (P.1-7) 5. Power window switch (P.2-38) 6. Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-18) 7. Extension sun visor (P.3-16) 8. Interior light (P.2-40) 9. Sunglasses holder (P.2-32) 10. Inside mirror (P.3-16) - Automatic anti-glare inside mirror* (P.3-17) - HomeLink universal transceiver* (P.2-42) 11. Rear parcel box (P.2-10) 12. Rear parcel box or Navigation system*1 13. Rear floor box (P.2-35) 14. Power outlet (P.2-31) 15. Console box (P.2-34) 16. Parking brake - Operation (P.5-14) - Parking/Parking on hills (P.5-18) - Checking (P.8-21) 17. Driving with automatic transmission (P.5-9) 18. Driving with manual transmission (P.5-12) *: if so equipped *1: Refer to the separate Navigation System SSI0067 Owner’s Manual. Illustrated table of contents 0-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 11. Roadster models 1. Seat belts (P.1-10) 2. Seats - Power seats adjustment (P.1-5) - Net seats* (P.1-6). 3. Power seatback tilt switch (P.1-8)/Cancel switch (P.1-9) for passenger seat 4. Power window switch (P.2-38) 5. Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-18) 6. Soft top latch lever (P.3-22) 7. Safety switch for soft top latch lever (P.3-22) 8. Interior light (P.2-40) 9. Inside mirror (P.3-16) - Automatic anti-glare inside mirror* (P.3-17) - HomeLink universal transceiver* (P.2-42) 10. Rear parcel box (P.2-10) 11. Rear parcel box or Navigation system*1 12. Rear floor box (P.2-35) - Trunk lid cancel switch (P.3-12) - Secondary trunk lid release (P.3-13) 13. Power outlet (P.2-31) 14. Console box (P.2-34) 15. Parking brake - Operation (P.5-14) - Parking/Parking on hills (P.5-18) - Checking (P.8-21) 16. Driving with automatic transmission (P.5-9) 17. Driving with manual transmission (P.5-12) *: if so equipped *1: Refer to the separate Navigation System SSI0068 Owner’s Manual.0-6 Illustrated table of contents ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 12. INSTRUMENT PANEL 11. Side ventilators (P.4-7) 12. VDC (Vehicle dynamic control) OFF switch* (P.2-29) or TCS (Traction control system) OFF switch* (P.2-29) 13. Soft top operating switch (for Roadster models) (P.3-19) 14. Fuel filler lid opener switch (P.3-13) 15. Hood lock release handle (P.3-9) 16. Fuse box (P.8-22) 17. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P.3-15) 18. Ignition switch (P.5-6) 19. Navigation system display (P.4-2)*1 or In- strument pocket (P.2-32) 20. Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch (P.2-23) 21. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-8) 22. Audio system (P.4-11)/Clock (P.2-30) 23. Heated seat switch* (P.2-28) 24. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-27) 25. Tray (P.2-33) 26. Power outlet (P.2-31) *: if so equipped SIC2268 *1: Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.1. Headlight/turn signal switch (P.2-24) 5. Cruise control main/set switch* (P.5-15)2. Instrument brightness control switch 6. Trip computer mode/setting switch (P.2-8) (P.2-26) 7. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P.2-22)3. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-29)/Horn 8. Center ventilator (P.4-7) (P.2-27) 9. Cup holder (P.2-33)4. Meters/gauges (P.2-3) 10. Passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-29) Illustrated table of contents 0-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 13. ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS 1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-22) 2. Battery (P.8-15) 3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10) 4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 5. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T models) (P.8-14) 6. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-14) 7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-13) 8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8) 9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10) 11. Air cleaner (P.8-18) Do not tamper with the strut tower bar adjustment k . The strut tower bar has A been adjusted to the most suitable posi- tion at the factory. SDI15190-8 Illustrated table of contents ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 14. 1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple- mental restraint systemSeats ........................................................................................ 1-2 Seat belt extenders ...................................................... 1-16 Front manual seat adjustment Seat belt maintenance ................................................ 1-16 (for Coupe models) ........................................................ 1-3 Child restraints ................................................................... 1-17 Front power seat adjustment Precautions on child restraints ................................. 1-17 (for Coupe models — if so equipped) ...................... 1-4 Child restraint installation on front passenger Front power seat adjustment seat.................................................................................... 1-19 (for Roadster models) .................................................... 1-5 Top tether strap child restraint Seat lifter (for driver’s seat) ......................................... 1-7 (Coupe models) ............................................................ 1-24 Tilting and reclining passenger’s seat from driver’s Booster seats ....................................................................... 1-25 seat ..................................................................................... 1-7 Precautions on booster seats .................................... 1-25 Head restraint adjustment ............................................ 1-9 Booster seat installation on front passengerSeat belts ............................................................................. 1-10 seat.................................................................................... 1-28 Precautions on seat belt usage ................................ 1-10 Supplemental restraint system ....................................... 1-29 Child safety .................................................................... 1-12 Obtaining an air bag ON/OFF switch...................... 1-13 Precautions on supplemental restraint system ...... 1-29 After an air bag ON/OFF switch is installed.......... 1-13 Components of the supplemental restraint Pregnant women .......................................................... 1-14 system .............................................................................. 1-35 Injured persons ............................................................. 1-14 Supplemental air bag warning labels ....................... 1-40 Three-point type seat belt with retractor ............... 1-14 Supplemental air bag warning light .......................... 1-40 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 15. SEATS SSS0133 WARNING ¼ For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the ¼ Do not ride in a moving vehicle when seat should be upright. Always sit the seatback is reclined. This can be well back in the seat and adjust the dangerous. The shoulder belt will not seat belt properly. See “Precautions be against your body. In an accident, on seat belt usage” later in this sec- you could be thrown into it and re- tion. ceive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 16. FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENT (for Coupe models) WARNING ¼ Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle. ¼ After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked. SSS0394 k Forward and backward 1 k Reclining 2 Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and or backward to the desired position. Release the lean back. To bring the seatback forward again, lever to lock the seat in position. pull the lever and move your body forward. The When sliding the passenger’s seat backward, seatback will move forward. be careful not to crush items in the seatback The reclining feature allows adjustment of the pocket against the rear floor box. seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” later in this section.) The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 17. FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT (for Coupe models —if so equipped) WARNING ¼ Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. ¼ Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls. SPA1793 Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. k Forward and backward 1 k Reclining (for passenger’s seat) 2 Moving the sliding switch forward or backward The passenger’s seat is equipped with a manualOperating tips will slide the seat forward or backward to the lever for reclining. See “Front manual seat ad- desired position. justment” earlier in this section.¼ The seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during When sliding the passenger’s seat backward, The reclining feature allows adjustment of the operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate be careful not to crush items in the seatback seatback for occupants of different sizes for the switch. pocket against the rear floor box. added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”¼ Do not operate the power support seat k Reclining (for driver’s seat) 2 later in this section.) The seatback may also be for a long period of time when the engine is reclined to allow occupants to rest when the off. This will discharge the battery. Move the reclining switch backward until the desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback vehicle is parked. forward, move the switch forward and move your body forward. The seatback will move forward.1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 18. FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT (for Roadster models) WARNING ¼ Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. ¼ Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. SSS0271 k Forward and backward 1 The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes forOperating tips Moving the sliding switch forward or backward added comfort and to help obtain proper seat¼ The seat motor has an auto-reset overload will slide the seat forward or backward to the belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” protection circuit. If the motor stops during desired position. later in this section.) The seatback may also be operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivate When sliding the passenger’s seat backward, reclined to allow occupants to rest when the the switch. be careful not to crush items in the seatback vehicle is parked.¼ Do not operate the power support seat pocket against the rear floor box. Automatic passenger seatback tilt for a long period of time when the engine is function off. This will discharge the battery. k Reclining 2 Move the reclining switch backward until the The passenger seatback will automatically tilt desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback forward and backward during the soft top forward, move the switch forward and move your open/close operation. If you need to cancel this function or when a child restraint is installed in body forward. The seatback will move forward. the passenger’s seat, push the seatback tilt Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 19. cancel switch to the CANCEL position. For moreinformation about operation conditions, see ¼ When using these seats, avoid wear-“Soft top” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and ing clothing with soft fabrics (wool,adjustments” section. For the cancel switch, see etc.). Clothing may be damaged as it“Tilting and reclining passenger’s seat from driv- rubs against the netted material.er’s seat” later in this section. SSS0272 Ventilated net seats (if so equipped) The ventilated net seats are designed for good ventilation while driving. Net cloth is used on the surface of the seatback and the cushion as shown. CAUTION ¼ The seat is made of netted materials. Be careful not to snag your jewelry, such as a ring, bracelet or watch, on the seat.1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 20. SPA1715 SSS0202 SSS0203 Type A Type B Coupe modelsSEAT LIFTER (for driver’s seat) Type B (for ventilated net seat) TILTING AND RECLININGType A (except for ventilated net seat) Turn the dial and adjust the angle of the seat PASSENGER’S SEAT FROM cushion to the desired position. DRIVER’S SEATTurn either dial to adjust the angle and height ofthe seat cushion to the desired position. The passenger seatback can be adjusted from the driver’s seat to make it easier for the driver to use the rear parcel box or rear floor box, or to help the passenger get in the vehicle. Coupe models (manual type) To tilt or recline the passenger seatback, pull up the lever k located on the back side of it, and A move the seatback forward or backward. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 21. switch” later in this section.) ¼ when the passenger seat belt is fastened. ¼ when the vehicle speed reaches 4 MPH (7 km/h) and more. The automatic tilting/reclining movement will be stopped: ¼ when any of the above 4 conditions occur. ¼ when the power seatback tilt switch (top or bottom) is pushed again. ¼ when the seatback is moved with the soft top open/close operation. SSS0273 SSS0274 Roadster models — Type A Roadster models — Type B When this interruption occurs, you cannot moveRoadster models (power type) seatback tilt switch. While the switch is held the seatback backward from the stopped posi- down, the seatback will move backward to the tion with the power seatback tilt switch. Use theThe power seatback tilt switch k and the B original position that was last selected using the reclining switch (on the seat cushion) to selectseatback tilt cancel switch k are located on the C reclining switch (located on the seat cushion). the seatback position.back side of the passenger seatback as shown. Release the switch to stop the movement.Tilting/reclining operation: Operation conditions:To tilt the passenger seatback forward, push the The power seatback tilt switch does not activatetop ( side) of the power seatback tilt under the following conditions.switch k for more than 0.5 seconds. The Bseatback will automatically tilt forward. To stop ¼ when the passenger seat sliding/recliningthe movement, push the top or bottom of the switches on the seat cushion are being op-switch. erated.To tilt or adjust the seatback backward, push ¼ when the seat tilt cancel switch is in theand hold the bottom ( side) of the power CANCEL position. (See “Seatback tilt cancel1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 22. CAUTION When a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat, be sure to turn the seat- back tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position. Otherwise, the child restraint may be damaged. SSS0275 SSS0204Seatback tilt cancel switch: HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENTWhen the seatback tilt cancel switch k is C To raise the head restraint, just pull it up. Topushed to the CANCEL position, the lower, push the lock knob k and push the head Atilting/reclining operation using the power seat- restraint down.back tilt switch k will be cancelled. Only the Bsliding/reclining switches (located on the seat The ventilated net seats (if so equipped forcushion) are operational. Push the seatback tilt Roadster models) have non-adjustable headcancel switch to the AUTO position to reactivate restraints.the power seatback tilt switch.This cancel switch is linked with the automaticpassenger seatback tilt function of the soft topoperation. See “Soft top” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 23. SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad- justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly en- courages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most states, provinces or territories re- quire that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven. SSS0178AAdjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears. WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident. Do not remove them. Check the adjust- ment after someone else uses the seat.1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 24. ¼ Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident. ¼ Be sure the seat belt tongue is se- curely fastened to the proper buckle. ¼ Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness. ¼ Do not allow more than one person SSS0136 to use the same seat belt. ¼ Never carry more people in the ve- WARNING an accident. Serious injury or death hicle than there are seat belts. This can occur if the seat belt is not worn vehicle has only two seating posi-¼ Every person who drives or rides in properly. tions. Never allow anyone to ride in this vehicle should use a seat belt at ¼ Always route the shoulder belt over the luggage area. all times. your shoulder and across your chest. ¼ If the seat belt warning light glows¼ The seat belt should be properly ad- Never run the belt behind your back, continuously while the ignition is justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so under your arm or across your neck. turned ON with all doors closed and may reduce the effectiveness of the The belt should be away from your all seat belts fastened, it may indi- entire restraint system and increase face and neck, but not falling off your cate a malfunction in the system. the chance or severity of injury in shoulder. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 25. SSS0134 SSS0016 ¼ Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has CHILD SAFETY semblies in use during a collision be activated, it cannot be reused and replaced unless the collision was mi- Children need adults to help protect them. must be replaced together with the nor and the belts show no damage They need to be properly restrained. retractor. See a NISSAN dealer. and continue to operate properly. In addition to the general information in this ¼ Removal and installation of the pre- Seat belt assemblies not in use dur- ing a collision should also be in- manual, child safety information is available from tensioner seat belt system compo- many other sources, including doctors, teachers, nents should be done by a NISSAN spected and replaced if either dam- age or improper operation is noted. government traffic safety offices, and community dealer. organizations. Every child is different, so be sure ¼ All seat belt assemblies, including to learn the best way to transport your child. retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any colli- There are three basic types of child restraint sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN systems: recommends that all seat belt as- ¼ Rear facing child restraint1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 26. ¼ Front facing child restraint have procedures that allow you to apply for available for larger children for additional protec- permission to have your vehicle fitted with an air tion.¼ Booster seat bag ON/OFF switch. Such a switch is available for purchase from NISSAN. If you have ques- Infants WARNING tions about the government application proce- Infants up to at least one year old should be dures, contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs placed in a rear facing child restraint. NISSAN ¼ Never let a child 12 or under ride in Department listed earlier in this manual. recommends that infants be placed in child this vehicle. Do not attempt to hold AFTER AN AIR BAG ON/OFF restraints that comply with Federal Motor Ve- them in your lap or arms. hicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve- SWITCH IS INSTALLED hicle Safety Standards. You should choose a ¼ Never let a child stand or kneel on child restraint that fits your vehicle and always any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is WARNING follow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal- lation and use. moving. The child could be seriously Infants and children need special pro- Small children injured or killed in an accident or tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not sudden stop. Children that are over one year old and weigh fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The between 20 lbs (9 kg) and 40 lbs (18 kg) can beYour vehicle is equipped with a supplemental placed in a forward facing child restraint. Refer lap belt may not fit over their small hip to the manufacturer’s instructions for minimumfront impact air bag system for the front passen- bones. In an accident, an improperly and maximum weight and height recommenda-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system” later in fitting seat belt could cause serious or tions. NISSAN recommends that small childrenthis section. Therefore, children 12 or under fatal injury. Always use appropriate be placed in child restraints that comply withshould not ride in this vehicle without installing child restraints. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca-an air bag ON/OFF switch. nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. YouOBTAINING AN AIR BAG ON/OFF should choose a child restraint that fits your All US states and provinces of Canada require vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’sSWITCH the use of approved child restraints for infants instructions for installation and use. and small children. (See “Child restraints” later inIf you must transport a child in this vehicle, you this section.) Larger childrenmay be eligible to have an air bag ON/OFFswitch installed. US and Canadian governments Also, there are other types of child restraints Children who are too large for child restraint Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 27. systems should be seated and restrained by the your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt overseat belts which are provided. The seat belt may your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for ¼ For the most effective protectionnot fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 specific recommendations. when the vehicle is in motion, theinches (142.5 cm) tall and weighs between 40 seat should be upright. Always sitlbs (18 kg) and 80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat INJURED PERSONS well back in the seat and adjust theshould be used to obtain proper seat belt fit. NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belt properly.NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a seat belts, depending on the injury. Check withcommercially available booster seat if the shoul- your doctor for specific recommendations.der belt in the child’s seating position fits close THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTto the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seatbelt goes across the abdomen. The booster seat WITH RETRACTORshould raise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the top, middle por- WARNINGtion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on thehips. A booster seat can only be used in seating ¼ Every person who drives or rides inpositions that have a three-point type seat belt. this vehicle should use a seat belt atThe booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and all times.have a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca- ¼ Do not ride in a moving vehicle whennadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the seatback is reclined. This can bethe child has grown so the shoulder belt is no dangerous. The shoulder belt will notlonger on or near the face and neck, use the be against your body. In an accident,shoulder belt without the booster seat. you could be thrown into it and re-PREGNANT WOMEN ceive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lapNISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, belt and receive serious internaland always position the lap belt as low as injuries.possible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and across1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 28. When the locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. For additional information, see “Child restraints” later in this section. The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by a passen- ger, the locking mode should not be acti- vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom- fortable seat belt tension. WARNING SSS0292A SSS0020C When fastening the seat belts, be cer-Fastening the seat belts belt and release it. Then smoothly pull tain that the seatbacks are completely the belt out of the retractor.1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this secured in the latched position. If they section. 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug are not completely secured, passengers on the hips as shown. may be injured in an accident or sudden2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the stop. and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks. retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder¼ The retractor is designed to lock during and across your chest. a sudden stop or on impact. A slow The front passenger seat belt has a locking pulling motion will permit the belt to mechanism for child restraint installation. It is move, and allow you some freedom of referred to as the automatic locking mode. (Also movement in the seat. remember, if you need to install a child restraint,¼ If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its first obtain an air bag ON/OFF switch and turn fully retracted position, firmly pull the the passenger air bag OFF.) Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 29. ward. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement. ¼ Never use seat belt extenders to in- stall child restraints. If the child re- If the retractor does not lock during this check or straint is not secured properly, the if you have any questions about belt operation, child could be seriously injured in a see a NISSAN dealer. collision or a sudden stop. (Also re- SEAT BELT EXTENDERS member never to use a child restraint If, because of body size or driving position, it is unless an air bag ON/OFF switch has not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt been installed and is being used and fasten it, an extender is available. The ex- properly.) tender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE passenger seating position. See a NISSAN SSS0021A dealer for assistance if the extender is required. ¼ To clean the seat belt webbings, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom-Unfastening the seat belts WARNING mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then brush the webbing, wipe it with a clothTo unfasten the belt, press the button k on the 1 and allow it to dry in the shade. Do not allowbuckle. The seat belt will automatically retract. ¼ Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, the seat belts to retract until they are com-Checking seat belt operation made by the same company which pletely dry. made the original equipment seatYour seat belt retractors are designed to lock ¼ If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of belts, should be used with NISSANbelt movement using two separate methods: the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may seat belts. retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide¼ when the belt is pulled quickly from the ¼ Persons who can use the standard with a clean, dry cloth. retractor. seat belt should not use an extender. ¼ Periodically check to see that the seat¼ when the vehicle slows down rapidly. Such unnecessary use could result in belt and the metal components such as serious personal injury in the event buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresYou can check their operation as follows: of an accident. and anchors work properly. If loose parts,¼ grasp the shoulder belt and pull quickly for- deterioration, cuts or other damage on the1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 30. CHILD RESTRAINTSwebbing is found, the entire belt assembly PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDshould be replaced. possible for even the strongest adult RESTRAINTS to resist the forces of a severe acci- dent. The child could be crushed be- WARNING tween the adult and parts of the ve- hicle. Also, do not put the same seat The information in this section is pro- belt around both your child and your- vided only for those owners who have self. received permission to install an air bag ON/OFF switch and the switch has been ¼ Never install a child restraint in the installed. See “Obtaining an air bag front seat unless an air bag ON/OFF ON/OFF switch” earlier in this manual. switch has been installed and the air Never let children 12 or under ride in this bag has been turned OFF. An inflat- vehicle unless an air bag ON/OFF ing supplemental air bag could seri- switch is installed and it is being prop- ously injure or kill your child. erly used. ¼ An improperly installed child re- straint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident. WARNING ¼ Infants and small children should al- CAUTION ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the ve- For Roadster models, when installing a hicle. Failure to use a child restraint child restraint, be sure to turn off the can result in serious injury or death. automatic passenger seatback tilt func- ¼ Infants and small children should tion with the seatback tilt cancel switch never be carried on your lap. It is not (located on the back of the passenger Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 31. vehicle, place your child in the child restraint seatback). Otherwise, the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure ¼ If the child restraint is not anchored may be damaged. See “Tilting and re- the child restraint is compatible with your properly, the risk of a child being clining passenger’s seat from driver’s child. Choose a child restraint that is de- injured in a collision or a sudden stop seat” earlier in this section for detailed signed for your child’s height and weight. greatly increases. information. Always follow all recommended procedures. ¼ Adjustable seatbacks should be po- All US states and Canadian provinces re- sitioned to fit the child restraint, butIn general, child restraints are designed to be quire that infants and small children be as upright as possible.installed with the lap portion of a lap/shoulder restrained in approved child restraints at all times while the vehicle is being oper- ¼ After attaching the child restraint,seat belt. ated. test it before you place the child in it.The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. Push it from side to side. Try to tug itGenerally, infants (up to about 1 year and less forward and check to see if the beltthan 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rear facing WARNING holds the restraint in place. If thechild restraints. Front facing child restraints are restraint is not secure, tighten theavailable for children who outgrow rear facing ¼ Improper use of a child restraint canchild restraints. belt as necessary. You may need to increase the risk or severity of injury try a different child restraint. Not allChild restraints for infants and children of various for both the child and other occu-sizes are offered by several manufacturers. child restraints fit in all types of ve- pants of the vehicle. hicles.When selecting any child restraint, keep thefollowing points in mind: ¼ Follow all of the child restraint manu- ¼ If you install a front facing child re-¼ choose only a restraint with a label certifying facturer’s instructions for installation straint in the front seat, see “Child that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle and use. When purchasing a child restraint installation on front passen- Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor restraint, be sure to select one which ger seat” later in this section. Vehicle Safety Standard 213. will fit your child and vehicle. It may not be possible to properly install ¼ When your child restraint is not in¼ check the child restraint in your vehicle to be use, keep it secured with a seat belt sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat some types of child restraints in your vehicle. to prevent it from being thrown and seat belt system.¼ if the child restraint is compatible with your1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 32. around in case of a sudden stop or accident. CAUTIONRemember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.Check the seating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in the childrestraint. SSS0261 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION supplemental front air bag in a crash ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT and could seriously injure or kill your child. WARNING ¼ The three-point seat belt in your ve- hicle is equipped with an automatic ¼ Never install a child restraint in the locking mode retractor which must front passenger seat unless an air be used when installing a child re- bag ON/OFF switch has been in- straint. stalled and the air bag has been turned OFF. Supplemental front air ¼ Failure to use the retractor’s locking bags inflate with great force. A child mode will result in the child restraint restraint could be struck by the not being properly secured. The re- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 33. child. Always follow the restraint manufactur- straint could tip over or otherwise be er’s instructions. unsecured and cause injury to the The back of the child restraint should be child in a sudden stop or collision. secured against the vehicle seatback. If nec- essary, adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit. See CAUTION “Head restraint adjustment” earlier in this section. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to install the Turn off the automatic passenger seat- head restraint when the child restraint is back tilt function by turning the seat- removed. If the seating position does not back tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL have an adjustable head restraint and it is position. (Roadster models) interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try a different child restraint. SSS0301C Front facing — step 2 Front facing If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, follow these steps: 1. Turn the air bag ON/OFF switch to the OFF position. Turn the seatback tilt cancel switch to the CANCEL position. (Roadster models only) 2. Position the child restraint on the front pas- senger seat. Move the seat to the rear- most position. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position (if so equipped). The direction of the child restraint depends on the type of the child restraint and the size of the1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 34. SSS0253D SSS0254D SSS0331 Front facing — step 3 Front facing — step 4 Front facing — step 53. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 5. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the belt to restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the belt retractor remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the automatic locking mode (child re- follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in- straint mode). It reverts back to emergency structions for belt routing. locking mode when the belt is fully retracted. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 35. 8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the lap belt is not locked, repeat steps 4 through 7. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. SSS0302B SSS0211A Front facing — step 6 Rear facing — step 26. Before placing the child in the child restraint, Rear facing use force to push the child restraint from side to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it When you install a child restraint in the front is securely held in place. It should not move seat, follow these steps: more than 1 in (25 mm). If it does move more 1. Turn the air bag ON/OFF switch to the OFF than 1 in (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder position. belt to further tighten the child restraint. If unable to properly secure the restraint, try a Turn the seatback tilt cancel switch to the different child restraint. Not all child restraints CANCEL position. (Roadster models only) fit in all types of vehicles. 2. Position the child restraint on the front pas-7. Check that the retractor is in the automatic senger seat. Move the seat to the rearmost locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of position. The direction of the child restraint the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt depends on the type of the child restraint and webbing out of the retractor, the belt is in the the size of the child. Always follow the re- automatic locking mode. straint manufacturer’s instructions.1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 36. SSS0212A SSS0213A SSS0214A Rear facing — step 3 Rear facing — step 4 Rear facing — step 53. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is 5. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the belt to restraint and insert it into the buckle until you fully extended. At this time, the belt retractor remove any slack in the belt. hear and feel the latch engage. is in the automatic locking mode (child re- Be sure to follow the child restraint manufac- straint mode). It reverts back to emergency turer’s instructions for belt routing. locking mode when the belt is fully retracted. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 37. 8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the belt is not locked, repeat steps 4 through 7. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is allowed to wind back into the retractor, the automatic locking mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. SSS0215A SSS0207 Rear facing — step 66. Before placing the child in the child restraint, TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD use force to push the child restraint from side RESTRAINT (Coupe models) to side, and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place. It should not move An anchor for a child restraint with a top tether is more than 1 in (25 mm). If it does move more provided in this vehicle. However, a child than 1 in (25 mm), pull again on the shoulder restraint of this type should not be used in belt to further tighten the child restraint. If this vehicle unless an air bag ON/OFF unable to properly secure the restraint, try a switch has been installed and is being different child restraint. Not all child restraints properly used. See “Obtaining an air bag fit in all types of vehicles. ON/OFF switch” earlier in this manual.7. Check that the retractor is in the automatic If your child restraint has a top tether strap, it locking mode by trying to pull more belt out of must be secured to the provided anchor point. the retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt Secure the child restraint with the seat belt. webbing out of the retractor, the belt is in the Guide the top tether strap under the head automatic locking mode. restraint as illustrated, and secure it to the1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 38. BOOSTER SEATSanchor bracket. Tighten the strap according to PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTERmanufacturer instructions to remove any slack. SEATS WARNING WARNING Child restraint anchor point is designed ¼ The information in this section is pro- to withstand only those loads imposed vided only for those owners who by correctly fitted child restraints. Under have received permission to install no circumstance is it to be used for adult an air bag ON/OFF switch and the seat belts or harnesses. switch has been installed. See “Ob- taining an air bag ON/OFF switch” earlier in this manual. Never let chil- SPA1644 dren 12 or under ride in this vehicle unless an air bag ON/OFF switch is Anchor point location installed and it is being properly The anchor point k is located on the luggage A used. area floor. ¼ Infants and small children should al- A flap is provided in the carpet for easy access ways be placed in an appropriate and is marked with the label shown. child restraint while riding in the ve- If you have any questions when installing a hicle. Failure to use a child restraint top tether strap child restraint on the pas- or booster seat can result in serious senger seat, consult a NISSAN dealer for injury or death. details. ¼ Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap. It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe acci- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 39. dent. The child could be crushed be- to provide the maximum protection dur- tween the adult and parts of the ve- ing a collision. hicle. Also, do not put the same seat belt around both your child and your- Booster seats of various sizes are offered by self. several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind: ¼ Never install a booster seat in the front seat unless an air bag ON/OFF ¼ Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor switch has been installed and the air Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian bag has been turned OFF. An inflat- Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. ing supplemental air bag could seri- ously injure or kill your child. ¼ Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat ¼ A booster seat must only be installed LRS0455 and seat belt system. in a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use a three-point type seat belt with a WARNING booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision. Do not use towels, books, pillows or other items in place of a booster seat. ¼ An improperly installed booster seat Items such as these may move during could lead to serious injury or death normal driving or a collision and result in an accident. in serious injury or death. Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap/shoulder belt. Booster seats are de- signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child’s body1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 40. All U.S. states and Canadian provinces re- quire that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being oper- ated. WARNING ¼ Improper use of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occu- pants of the vehicle.SSS0363 LRS0454 ¼ Follow all of the booster seat manu- facturer’s instructions for installation ¼ Make sure the child’s head will be properly and use. When purchasing a booster supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat, be sure to select one which will seat. The seatback must be at or above the fit your child and vehicle. It may not center of the child’s ears. For example, if a be possible to properly install some low back booster seat k is chosen, the 1 vehicle seatback must be at or above the types of booster seats in your ve- center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is hicle. lower than the center of the child’s ears, a ¼ If the booster seat and seat belt are high back booster seat k should be used. 2 not used properly, the risk of a child ¼ If the booster seat is compatible with your being injured in a collision or a sud- vehicle, place your child in the booster seat den stop greatly increases. and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your ¼ Adjustable seatbacks should be po- child. Always follow all recommended proce- sitioned to fit the booster seat, but as dures. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 41. upright as possible. before placing your child in the booster seat. ¼ After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt, make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen. ¼ Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child’s arm. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, see “Booster seat instal- lation on front passenger seat” later LRS0454 in this section. BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ¼ When your booster seat is not in use, ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident. WARNING ¼ Never install a booster seat in the front passenger seat unless an air CAUTION bag ON/OFF switch has been in- stalled and the air bag has been Remember that a booster seat left in a turned OFF. Supplemental air bags closed vehicle can become very hot. inflate with great force. A child could Check the seating surface and buckles be struck by the supplemental air bag1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 42. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM structions for adjusting the belt routing. PRECAUTIONS ON in a crash and could seriously injure 6. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT or kill your child. toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be SYSTEM sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoul- This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, der. Be sure to follow the booster seat manu- tion contains important information concerningfollow these steps: facturer’s instructions for adjusting the belt the driver and passenger front impact supple-1. Turn the air bag ON/OFF switch to the OFF routing. mental air bags, front seat side-impact supple- position. mental air bags, curtain side-impact air bags and 7. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-2. Move the seat to the rearmost position. front seat pre-tensioner seat belts. tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the “Three-point type seat belt with retrac- Supplemental front-impact air bag system:3. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only This system can help cushion the impact force to place it in a front facing direction. Always tor” earlier in this section. the face and chest of the driver and front follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- passenger in certain frontal collisions. structions. Supplemental side-impact air bag system4. The booster seat should be positioned on the (if so equipped): This system can help cushion vehicle seat so that it is stable. If necessary, the impact force to the chest area of the driver adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain and front passenger in certain side impact colli- the correct booster seat fit. See “Head re- sions. The front seat side-impact supplemental straint adjustment” earlier in this section. If air bags are designed to inflate on the side the head restraint is removed, store it in a where the vehicle is impacted. secure place. Be sure to install the head Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag restraint when the booster seat is removed. If system (if so equipped for Coupe models): the seating position does not have an adjust- This system can help cushion the impact force to able head restraint and it is interfering with the head of occupants in certain side impact the proper booster seat fit, try a different collisions. The curtain side-impact air bags are booster seat. designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.5. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to The supplemental restraint system is designed follow the booster seat manufacturer’s in- to supplement the crash protection provided Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 43. by the driver and passenger seat belts and isnot a substitute for them. Seat belts shouldalways be correctly worn and the occupantseated a suitable distance away from the steer-ing wheel, instrument panel, door finishers andside roof rails. (See “Seat belts” earlier in thissection for instructions and precautions on seatbelt usage.)After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational. SSS0131 WARNING when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. Supplemental ¼ The supplemental front air bags ordi- front air bags inflate with great force. narily will not inflate in the event of a If you are unrestrained, leaning for- side impact, rear impact, rollover, or ward, sitting sideways or out of posi- lower severity frontal collision. Al- tion in any way, you are at greater ways wear your seat belts to help risk of injury or death in a crash. You reduce the risk or severity of injury in may also receive serious or fatal in- various kinds of accidents. juries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it ¼ The seat belts and the supplemental inflates. Always sit back against the front air bags are most effective seatback and as far away as practical1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 44. from the steering wheel or instru- ment panel. Always use the seat belts.¼ The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen- sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The air bag system moni- tors the severity of a collision and then inflates the air bags based on belt usage. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. SSS0132¼ Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag in- flates. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 45. SSS0016 SSS0006 SSS0008 SSS0007 SSS00091-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 46. WARNING ¼ Never let children 12 or under ride in this vehicle. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some ex- amples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustra- tions. ¼ Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags or supplemental side andSSS0099 curtain side-impact air bags (if so SSS0101 equipped) inflate. ¼ Also, never install a child restraint in the front seat. An inflating supple- WARNING mental front air bag could seriously Supplemental side air bag and curtain injure or kill your child. side-impact air bag (if so equipped): ¼ For information about installing an ¼ The supplemental side air bag and air bag ON/OFF switch in your ve- curtain side-impact air bag ordinarily hicle so children can be transported, will not inflate in the event of a fron- see “Obtaining an air bag ON/OFF tal impact, rear impact, rollover or switch” earlier in this section. lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.SSS0100 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 47. SSS0159 SSS0162 ¼ The seat belts, the supplemental side out of the window or lean against the air bags and curtain side-impact air door. Some examples of dangerous bags are most effective when you are riding positions are shown in the pre- sitting well back and upright in the vious illustrations. seat. The side air bag and curtain ¼ Do not use seat covers on the front side-impact air bag inflate with great seatbacks. They may interfere with force. Do not allow anyone to place supplemental side air bag inflation. their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seat to extend their hand1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 48. may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation. The supplemental air bag system has dual stage inflators for both the driver and passenger air bags. The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor, the diagnosis sensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened, inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and whether the seat SSS0276 belts are being used. Only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash sever-COMPONENTS OF THE Supplemental front air bag system ity and whether the front occupants are belted orSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT The driver supplemental air bag is located in the unbelted. This does not indicate improper per-SYSTEM center of the steering wheel; the front passenger formance of the system. If you have any ques- supplemental air bag is mounted in the instru- tions about the performance of your air bag1. Crash zone sensor system, contact a NISSAN dealer. ment panel. These systems are designed to2. Supplemental front air bag modules meet optional certification requirements under When the supplemental front air bag inflates, a3. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bag U.S. regulations. They are also permitted in fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by modules (if so equipped for Coupe models) Canada. The optional certification allows front air release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and4. Diagnosis sensor unit bags to be designed to inflate somewhat less does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken5. Satellite sensors forcefully than previously. However, all of the not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and information, cautions and warnings in this choking. Those with a history of a breathing6. Seat belt pre-tensioner retractor manual still apply and must be followed. condition should get fresh air promptly.7. Supplemental side air bag modules (if so The front air bags are designed to inflate in Supplemental front air bags, along with the use equipped) higher severity frontal collisions, although they of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 49. the face and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries. the steering wheel or instrument includes changes to the steeringHowever, an inflating front air bag may cause panel. Such objects may become wheel and the instrument panel as-facial abrasions or other injuries. Supplemental dangerous projectiles and cause in- sembly by placing material over thefront air bags do not provide restraint to the jury if the supplemental front air bag steering wheel pad and above thelower body. inflates. instrument panel or by installing ad-The seat belts should be correctly worn and the ditional trim material around the air ¼ Immediately after inflation, severaldriver and passenger seated upright as far as bag system. front air bag system components willpractical away from the steering wheel or instru- be hot. Do not touch them; you may ¼ Work around and on the supplemen-ment panel. The supplemental front air bags severely burn yourself. tal front air bag system should beinflate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of the front done by a NISSAN dealer. Installa- ¼ No unauthorized changes should beair bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if tion of electrical equipment should made to any components or wiring ofthe occupant is too close to, or is against the air also be done by a NISSAN dealer. the supplemental air bag system.bag module during inflation. The air bag will The yellow and orange Supplemental This is to prevent accidental inflationdeflate quickly after the collision is over. Restraint System (SRS) wiring and of the supplemental air bag or dam-After turning the ignition key to the ON connectors should not be modified or age to the supplemental air bag sys-position, the supplemental air bag warning disconnected. Unauthorized electri- tem.light illuminates. The supplemental air bag cal test equipment and probing de-warning light will turn off after about 7 ¼ Do not make unauthorized changes vices should not be used on the airseconds if the system is operational. to your vehicle’s electrical system, bag system. suspension system or front end ¼ A cracked windshield should be re- WARNING structure. This could affect proper placed immediately by a qualified re- operation of the supplemental front pair facility. A cracked windshield ¼ Do not place any objects on the air bag system. could affect inflation of the supple- steering wheel pad or on the instru- ¼ Tampering with the supplemental mental air bag system. ment panel. Also, do not place any front air bag system may result in objects between any occupant and serious personal injury. Tampering ¼ The SRS wiring harness connectors1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 50. occupants. However, all of the information, are yellow and orange for easy iden- cautions and warnings in this manual still tification. apply and must be followed. The supplemen- tal side air bags and curtain side-impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity sideWhen selling your vehicle, we request that you collisions, although they may inflate if the forcesinform the buyer about the supplemental front air in another type of collision are similar to those ofbag system and guide the buyer to the appro- a higher severity side impact. They are designedpriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag opera- tion. SSS0209A When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag inflate, a fairly loud noise Supplemental side air bag and curtain may be heard, followed by release of smoke. side-impact air bag systems (if so This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate equipped) a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a This section includes the information about both history of a breathing condition should get fresh the supplemental side air bag system k and the A air promptly. supplemental curtain side-impact air bag system k . Curtain side-impact air bags are not avail- B Supplemental side air bags, along with the use able on Roadster models. of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants. Curtain side- The supplemental side air bags are located in impact air bags help to cushion the impact force the outside of the seatback of the front seats. to the head of occupants. They can help save The supplemental curtain side-impact air bags lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an are located in the side roof rails. These systems inflating side air bag and curtain side-impact air are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position Supplemental side air bags and curtain side- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 51. impact air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body. may become dangerous projectiles side air bag system may result in and cause injury if the side air bag serious personal injury. For example,The seat belts should be correctly worn and the inflates. do not change the front seats bydriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bag, and seated placing material near the seatback or ¼ Right after inflation, several side airas far away as practical from the door finishers by installing additional trim material, bag and curtain side-impact air bagand side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain such as seat covers, around the side system components will be hot. Doside-impact air bag inflate quickly in order to air bag. not touch them; you may severelyhelp protect the front occupants. Because of burn yourself. ¼ Work around and on the side air bagthis, the force of the side air bag and curtain and curtain side-impact air bag sys-side-impact air bag inflating can increase the risk ¼ No unauthorized changes should beof injury if the occupant is too close to, or is tem should be done by a NISSAN made to any components or wiring ofagainst these air bag modules during inflation. dealer. Installation of electrical the side air bag and curtain side-The side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag equipment should also be done by a impact air bag system. This is to pre-will deflate quickly after the collision is over. NISSAN dealer. The SRS wiring har- vent accidental inflation of the side nesses* should not be modified orAfter turning the ignition key to the ON air bag and curtain side-impact airposition, the supplemental air bag warning disconnected. Unauthorized electri- bag or damage to the side air baglight illuminates. The air bag warning light cal test equipment and probing de- and curtain side-impact air bag sys-will turn off after about 7 seconds if the vices should not be used on the side tem.systems are operational. air bag system. ¼ Do not make unauthorized changes * The SRS wiring harnesses are cov- WARNING to your vehicle’s electrical system, ered with yellow insulation either just suspension system or side panel. before the harness connectors or ¼ Do not place any objects near the This could affect proper operation of over the complete harness for easy seatback of the front seats. Also, do the supplemental side air bag and identification. not place any objects (an umbrella, curtain side-impact air bag system. bag, etc.) between the front door fin- ¼ Tampering with the supplemental When selling your vehicle, we request that you isher and the front seat. Such objects inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain side-impact air bag system and guide the1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 52. buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,Manual. ¼ Work around and on the pre- smoke is released and a loud noise may be tensioner system should be done by heard. The smoke is not harmful, but care shouldPre-tensioner seat belt system a NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation trical equipment should also be done and choking. Those with a history of a breathing WARNING by a NISSAN dealer. Unauthorized condition should get fresh air promptly. electrical test equipment and probing If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner ¼ The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be devices should not be used on the seat belt system, the supplemental air bag warn- reused after activation. It must be pre-tensioner seat belt system. ing light will not come on, will flash inter- replaced together with the retractor mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain ¼ If you need to dispose of the pre- on after the ignition key has been turned to the and buckle as a unit. tensioner or scrap the vehicle, con- ON or START position. In this case, the pre- ¼ If the vehicle becomes involved in a tact a NISSAN dealer. Correct pre- tensioner seat belt may not function properly. frontal collision but the pre-tensioner tensioner disposal procedures are They must be checked and repaired. Take your is not activated, be sure to have the set forth in the appropriate NISSAN vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. pre-tensioner system checked and, if Service Manual. Incorrect disposal When selling your vehicle, we request that you necessary, replaced by a NISSAN procedures could cause personal inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat dealer. injury. belt system and guide the buyer to the appro- priate sections in this Owner’s Manual. ¼ No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt system the pre-tensioner seat belt system. activates in conjunction with the front supple- This is to prevent accidental activa- mental air bag systems. Working with the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat belt when tion of the pre-tensioner seat belt or the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of damage to the pre-tensioner seat collisions, helping to restrain front seat occu- belt operation. Tampering with the pants. pre-tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury. The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’s retractor. These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 53. SSS0206 SPA1097SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS WARNING LIGHTWarning labels about the supplemental air bag The supplemental air bag warning light, display-system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the ing in the instrument panel, monitors theillustration. circuits of the supplemental front air bag, supplemental side air bag (if so equipped) and curtain side-impact air bag (if so equipped for Coupe models) systems, and pre-tensioner seat belt. The circuits monitored by the air bag warn- ing light are the diagnosis sensor unit, satellite sensors, front air bag modules, side air bag modules, curtain side-impact air bag modules, pre-tensioner seat belt and all related wiring. After turning the ignition key to the ON position,1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 54. the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates. The supplemental air bag warning light supplemental front air bag, supplemen- WARNINGwill turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is tal side air bag, curtain side-impact airoperational. bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat ¼ Once a supplemental front air bag, belt systems will not operate in an acci- supplemental side air bag or curtainIf any of the following conditions occur, the dent. To help avoid injury to yourself or side-impact air bag has inflated, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental side airbag and curtain side-impact air bag systems, others, have your vehicle checked by a air bag module will not functionand pre-tensioner seat belt need servicing: NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. again and must be replaced. Addi- tionally, if any of the supplemental¼ The supplemental air bag warning light re- front air bags inflate, the activated mains on after approximately 7 seconds. Repair and replacement procedure pre-tensioner seat belts must also be¼ The supplemental air bag warning light The supplemental front air bags, supplemental replaced. The air bag module and flashes intermittently. side air bags (if so equipped), curtain side- pre-tensioner seat belt system impact air bags (if so equipped for Coupe should be replaced by a NISSAN¼ The supplemental air bag warning light does models) and pre-tensioner seat belt are de- dealer. The air bag module and pre- not come on at all. signed to inflate on a one-time-only basis. As a tensioner seat belt system cannot be reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-Under these conditions, the supplemental front tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated repaired.air bags, supplemental side air bags, curtain after inflation has occurred. Repair and replace- ¼ The supplemental front air bag andside-impact air bags and/or pre-tensioner seat ment of these systems should be done only by a side air bag, curtain side-impact airbelt may not operate properly. They must be NISSAN dealer. bag systems and pre-tensioner seatchecked and repaired. Take your vehicle to a When maintenance work is required on the belt system should be inspected by aNISSAN dealer. vehicle, the supplemental front air bags, side air NISSAN dealer if there is any damage bags, curtain side-impact air bags, related parts to the front end or side portion of the WARNING and pre-tensioner seat belt should be pointed vehicle. out to the person conducting the maintenance. The ignition key should always be in the LOCK ¼ If you need to dispose of these If the supplemental air bag warning position when working under the hood or inside supplemental systems or scrap the light is on, it could mean that the the vehicle. vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 55. Correct disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Ser- vice Manual. Incorrect disposal pro- cedures could cause personal injury.1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 56. MEMO Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 57. 2 Instruments and controlsInstrument panel ................................................................... 2-2 Daytime running light system (Canada only) ........ 2-25Meters and gauges .............................................................. 2-3 Turn signal switch ........................................................ 2-26 Speedometer and odometer ........................................ 2-4 Instrument brightness control ................................... 2-26 Tachometer ....................................................................... 2-5 Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................... 2-27 Engine coolant temperature gauge ............................ 2-6 Horn ....................................................................................... 2-27 Fuel gauge ........................................................................ 2-6 Heated seats (if so equipped) ........................................ 2-28 Engine oil pressure gauge ........................................... 2-7 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch Volt meter ......................................................................... 2-8 (if so equipped).................................................................... 2-29 Trip computer .................................................................. 2-8 Traction control system (TCS) off switchWarning/indicator lights and audible reminders ......... 2-12 (if so equipped).................................................................... 2-29 Checking bulbs ............................................................. 2-12 Clock ..................................................................................... 2-30 Warning lights ............................................................... 2-12 Adjusting the time ........................................................ 2-30 Indicator lights ............................................................... 2-16 Power outlet ........................................................................ 2-31 Audible reminders ........................................................ 2-18 Storage ................................................................................. 2-32Security systems ................................................................ 2-19 Instrument pocket (except for navigation system Vehicle security system .............................................. 2-19 equipped models) ........................................................ 2-32 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) ......... 2-20 Sunglasses holder (Coupe models) ........................ 2-32Windshield wiper and washer switch ........................... 2-22 Tray .................................................................................. 2-33Rear window wiper and washer switch Cup holders ................................................................... 2-33(Coupe models) .................................................................. 2-22 Console box .................................................................. 2-34Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .... 2-23 Rear floor box ................................................................ 2-35Headlight and turn signal switch ................................... 2-24 Rear parcel box ............................................................ 2-36 Xenon headlights (if so equipped) .......................... 2-24 Stowing golf bags ......................................................... 2-36 Headlight switch ........................................................... 2-24 Coat hook (Coupe models) .............................................. 2-37 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 58. Windows .............................................................................. 2-38 HomeLink universal transceiver (if so equipped)...... 2-42 Power windows ............................................................ 2-38 Programming HomeLink ........................................... 2-42 Automatic adjusting function ...................................... 2-39 Programming HomeLink for CanadianInterior lights ........................................................................ 2-40 customers ....................................................................... 2-44 Interior ............................................................................. 2-40 Operating the HomeLink universal transceiver.... 2-44 Map .................................................................................. 2-40 Programming trouble diagnosis ................................ 2-44Vanity mirror light ............................................................... 2-41 Clearing the programmed information .................... 2-44Luggage compartment light (Coupe models) ............. 2-41 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button.......... 2-45Trunk light (Roadster models).......................................... 2-41 If your vehicle is stolen ............................................... 2-45 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 59. INSTRUMENT PANEL 12. VDC (Vehicle dynamic control) OFF switch or TCS (Traction control system) OFF switch 13. Soft top operating switch (for Roadster models) 14. Fuel filler lid opener switch 15. Hood lock release handle 16. Fuse box 17. Tilting steering wheel lock lever 18. Ignition switch/steering lock 19. Navigation system display* or Instrument pocket 20. Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 21. Heater/air conditioner control 22. Audio system/Clock 23. Heated seat switch (if so equipped) 24. Hazard warning flasher switch 25. Tray 26. Power outlet *: Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual. SIC22681. Headlight/turn signal switch 6. Trip computer mode/setting switch2. Instrument brightness control switch 7. Windshield wiper/washer switch3. Driver supplemental air bag/Horn 8. Center ventilator4. Meters/gauges 9. Cup holder5. Cruise control main/set switch 10. Passenger supplemental air bag (if so equipped) 11. Side ventilator2-2 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 60. METERS AND GAUGES 8. Automatic transmission position indicator or Manual transmission shift up indicator (See “Driving the vehicle” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.) 9. Reset knob for trip odometer 10. Odometer (Total/Twin trip) 11. Trip computer setting switch (See “Trip computer” later in this section.) 12. Trip computer mode switch (See “Trip computer” later in this section.) SIC2233Combination meter: 5. Instrument brightness control switch (See “Headlight and turn signal switch” later1. Warning/Indicator lights in this section.)2. Turn signal/hazard indicator lights 6. Fuel gauge3. Tachometer 7. Engine coolant temperature gauge4. Speedometer Instruments and controls 2-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 61. The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven. The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips. SIC1948 SIC1949ATriple meter: k Speedometer 11. Trip computer k Odometer 2 k Twin trip odometer 32. Engine oil pressure gauge k Reset knob for trip odometer 43. Volt meter SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour (km/h). Odometer/Twin trip odometer The odometer/twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position.2-4 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 62. Changing the display: serious engine damage.Pushing the reset knob changes the display asfollows:TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP AResetting the trip odometer:Pushing the reset knob for more than 1 secondresets the trip odometer to zero. SIC1950A k Tachometer 1 k Transmission indicator 2 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo- lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine into the red zone k . A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone, shift to a higher gear. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause Instruments and controls 2-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 63. CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature. If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In case of emergency” section SIC2371A SIC2556 for immediate action required.ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FUEL GAUGEGAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level inThe gauge indicates the engine coolant tem- the tank.perature. The gauge may move slightly during braking,The engine coolant temperature is within the turning, acceleration, or going up or down hill.normal range k when the gauge needle points A The gauge needle is designed to move to the Ewithin the zone shown in the illustration. (Empty) position when the ignition key is turnedThe engine coolant temperature will vary with the to the OFF position.outside air temperature and driving conditions. Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis- ters the E (Empty) position.2-6 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 64. The low fuel warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thegauge reaches the E position. There will bea small reserve of fuel in the tank when thefuel gauge needle reaches the E position.The indicates that the fuel filler lid is lo-cated on the passenger’s side of the vehicle. CAUTION ¼ If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the malfunction indicator lamp SIC1954A SIC1953A (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon Type A Type B as possible. After a few driving trips, ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE the lamp should turn off. If the The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys- CAUTION lamp remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a tem oil pressure while the engine is running. When the engine speed is high, the engine oil ¼ This gauge is not designed to indi- NISSAN dealer. cate low engine oil level. Use the pressure is also high. When it is low, the gauge ¼ For additional information, see “Mal- indicates the low oil pressure. dipstick to check the oil level. (See function indicator lamp (MIL)” later in “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance this section. and do-it-yourself” section.) ¼ If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil, have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. Continued vehicle Instruments and controls 2-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 65. operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine. SIC1955 SIC2234 VOLT METER TRIP COMPUTER When the ignition switch is turned to the ON The display of the trip computer is situated in the position, the volt meter indicates the battery triple meter. When the ignition switch is turned voltage; while the engine is running, it indicates to ON, the display scrolls all the modes of the the alternator voltage of 11 - 15 volts (normal trip computer and then shows the mode chosen range k ). However, while cranking the engine, A before the ignition switch is turned OFF. the volts drop below the normal range. If the needle is not in the normal range k while A the engine is running, it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.2-8 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 66. consumption and speed → Elapsed time and front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected trip odometer → Stopwatch → Tire pressure by road or engine heat, wind directions and indicator (PSI) → Up-shift indicator setting (for other driving conditions. The display may differ M/T models) → Speed indicator from the actual ambient temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill- Speed indicator (mph or km/h) boards. The vehicle speed is displayed in MPH or km/h while driving. Distance to empty (dte — mls or km) The speed indicator in the trip computer The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you indicates the reference speed. The actual with an estimation of the distance that can be speed indicated by the speedometer (com- driven before refueling. The dte is constantly bination meter) may differ from the one in being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the trip computer. the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. SIC1957 The display is updated every 30 seconds. Outside air temperatureSwitches for the trip computer are located on (ICY — °F or °C) The dte mode includes a low range warningthe side of the combination meter panel. To feature: when the fuel level is low, the dte mode The outside air temperature is displayed in °F oroperate the trip computer, press the side of the is automatically selected and the digits blink in °C in the range of −22 to 131°F (−30 to 55°C).switches as shown above. order to draw the driver’s attention. Press the The outside air temperature mode includes a low mode switch k if you wish to return to the mode Ak : Trip computer mode switchA temperature warning feature: below 37°F (3°C), that was selected before the warning occurred.k : Trip computer setting switchB the outside air temperature mode is automati- The dte indicator will remain blinking until theWhen the ignition switch is turned to ON, modes cally selected and the ICY indicator will illumi- vehicle is refuelled.of the trip computer can be selected by pressing nate in order to draw the driver’s attention. Press When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtethe trip computer mode switch k . the mode switch k if you wish to return to the A A display will change to (----). mode that was selected before the warningEach time the mode switch k is pressed, the A occurred. The ICY indicator will continue blink- NOTE:display will change as follows: ing as long as the temperature remains below ¼ If the amount of fuel added while the 39°F (4°C).Speed indicator → Outside air temperature ignition switch is OFF is small, the dis-(ICY) → Distance to empty (dte) → Average fuel The ambient temperature sensor is located in play just before the ignition switch is Instruments and controls 2-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 67. turned OFF may continue to be dis- first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows Even if the display is switched to the other mode played. (----). while the time is starting, the stopwatch contin- ues to advance until you stop the time in the¼ When driving uphill or rounding curves, Elapsed time (h:m:s) and trip stopwatch mode. When the ignition switch is the fuel in the tank shifts, which may odometer (mls or km) turned OFF, the time is reset. momentarily change the display. Elapsed time: Tire pressure indicator (PSI)Average fuel consumption The elapsed time mode shows the time since the The tire pressure indicator shows tire pressure(mpg or l (liter)/100 km) and speed (0 - 51 psi) of all wheels (except the spare tire) last reset. The displayed time can be reset by(av. mph or av. km/h) pressing the trip computer setting switch k for B by sending a signal from a sensor that is installedFuel consumption: more than approximately 1 second. (The trip in each wheel. Press the trip computer setting odometer is also reset at the same time.) switch k to change the display to F (front) or R BThe average fuel consumption mode shows the (rear).average fuel consumption since the last reset. Trip odometer: The tire pressure sensor will activate only whenResetting is done by pressing the trip computer The trip odometer mode shows the total dis- the vehicle is driven at speeds above 20 MPHsetting switch k for more than approximately 1 B tance the vehicle has been driven since the last (32 km/h). If the tire pressure signal cannot besecond. (The average speed is also reset at the reset. Resetting is done by pressing the setting received correctly, the display shows (----).same time.) switch k for more than approximately 1 second. B (The elapsed time is also reset at the same time.) The tire pressure indicator mode includes a lowThe display is updated every 30 seconds. At tire pressure warning feature. If the vehicle isabout the first 1/3 miles (500 m) after a reset, Stopwatch (h:m:s) being driven with low tire pressure*, the tirethe display shows (----). pressure indicator mode is automatically se- You can use the trip computer as a stopwatch.Speed: Each time the trip computer setting switch k is B lected and the PSI indicator will blink in order to pressed, the stopwatch will be operated as attract the driver’s attention. Press the trip com-The average speed mode shows the average follows: puter mode switch k if you wish to return to the Avehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is mode that was selected before the warningdone by pressing the setting switch k for more B occurred. The PSI indicator will continue blinkingthan approximately 1 second. (The average fuel until the tire pressure of each tire is properlyconsumption is also reset at the same time.) adjusted. After 100 hours, the time will start from the resetThe display is updated every 30 seconds. The display again.2-10 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 68. *: lower than 26 psi (for 225/50R17 and set the desired engine speed (rpm) for the When trip computer mode switch k is A 235/50R17 tires on up-shift indicator (situated in the tachometer) to pressed, the display switches to the mode Roadster model) illuminate. When the engine speed approaches chosen before the warning display, but the or reaches the set figure, the up-shift indicator ICY indicator will continue blinking. lower than 28 psi (except for the above) will flash or illuminate to show the driver theFor additional information, see “Low tire pres- timing for shifting into a higher gear. See “Drivingsure warning system” in the “5. Starting and the vehicle” in the “5. Starting and driving”driving” section and “Flat tire” in the “6. In case section for the use of the up-shift indicator.of emergency” section. When the up-shift indicator setting mode isTire pressure shown in the display may rise selected, the rpm indicator blinks and the engineor fall while driving depending on the driv- speed currently set is displayed. (The initialing conditions (heat, etc.) and/or the out- factory setting is 6,600 rpm.) The figure can beside temperature. This does not indicate a changed between 2,000 and 8,000 rpm bysystem malfunction. pressing trip computer setting switch k . Press- B ing the switch for less than approximately 1 second will add the figure by 100 rpm. If press- WARNING ing for more than approximately 1 second, the figure will increase by 500 rpm. The low tire pressure warning system is not a substitute for the regular tire pres- If the battery cable is disconnected, the set sure check. Be sure to check the tire engine speed will be returned to the initial figure pressure regularly and adjust it to the (6,600 rpm). COLD tire pressure shown in the tire Display priority placard. If a low outside air temperature warning, low dte (distance to empty) range warningUp-shift indicator setting (rpm) (for and low tire pressure warning occur simul-manual transmission models) taneously, other display modes switch au- tomatically to the outside air temperatureThe up-shift indicator setting mode is used to display. Instruments and controls 2-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 69. WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti-lock brake warning light Low washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Automatic transmission check warning Seat belt warning light Slip indicator light light (A/T models) Traction control system (TCS) off indica- or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning light tor light (if so equipped) Automatic transmission position indicator Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off indica- Charge warning light light (A/T models) tor light (if so equipped) Cruise main switch indicator light Door open warning light Soft top indicator light (Roadster models) (if so equipped) Cruise set switch indicator light Engine oil pressure warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (if so equipped) Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)CHECKING BULBS trical system. Have the system repaired it may indicate the anti-lock brake system is notApply the parking brake and turn the ignition key promptly. functioning properly. Have the system checkedto ON without starting the engine. The following by a NISSAN dealer.lights will come on: WARNING LIGHTS If a malfunction occurs in the system, the anti- , or , , or Anti-lock brake lock function of the brake will cease operationThe following lights come on briefly and then go warning light but the ordinary brakes will continue to operate. See “Anti-lock brake system (ABS)” in the “5.off: When the ignition switch is turned to the ON Starting and driving” section for further details. , or , , , , position, the anti-lock brake warning light will , illuminate and then turn off. This indicates the If the light comes on while you are driving, anti-lock brake system (ABS) is operational. contact a NISSAN dealer for repair.If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in the elec- If the light comes on while the engine is running,2-12 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 70. Automatic transmission check lock brake warning light come on simulta- warning light (A/T models) WARNING neously, it may indicate the anti-lock brake system is not functioning properly. See “Anti-When the ignition switch is turned ON, the light lock brake warning light” earlier in this sec-comes on for 2 seconds. If the light blinks for ¼ Your brake system may not be work- tion.approximately 8 seconds, it may indicate the ing properly if the warning light is on.automatic transmission system is not functioning Driving could be dangerous. If you Charge warning lightproperly. Have a NISSAN dealer check and judge it to be safe, drive carefully to If the light comes on while the engine is running,repair the transmission. See “Driving the vehicle” the nearest service station for re- it may indicate that the charging system is not(automatic transmission) in the “5. Starting and pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle functioning properly. Turn the engine off anddriving” section. towed because driving it could be check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose, or Brake warning light dangerous. broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a ¼ Pressing the brake pedal with the NISSAN dealer immediately.This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems. engine stopped and/or a low brake fluid level may increase your stop- CAUTIONParking brake indicator: ping distance and braking will re-When the ignition key is in the ON position, the quire greater pedal effort as well as Do not continue driving if the belt islight comes on when the parking brake is ap- pedal travel. loose, broken or missing.plied. ¼ If the brake fluid level is below theLow brake fluid warning light: MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake Door open warning lightThe light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the fluid reservoir, do not drive until the This light comes on when any of the doorslight comes on while the engine is running with brake system has been checked at a and/or rear hatch are not closed securely whilethe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle NISSAN dealer. the ignition switch is ON.and perform the following: 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the Engine oil pressure warning1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid as warning system checked by a NISSAN necessary. See “Brake and clutch fluid” in the dealer. Avoid high speed driving and abrupt light “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the braking. light flickers or comes on during normal driving, If both the brake warning light and the anti- pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine Instruments and controls 2-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 71. immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s tireauthorized repair shop. information placard. Driving on a significantly WARNING under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheatThe engine oil pressure warning light is not and can lead to tire malfunction. Under-inflationdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use the also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, ¼ If the light does not come on with thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stop- ignition switch turned ON, have theoil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” ping ability. Each tire, including the spare, should vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealersection. be checked monthly when cold and set to the as soon as possible. recommended inflation pressure as specified in ¼ If the light comes on while driving, CAUTION the vehicle placard and Owner’s Manual. avoid sudden steering maneuvers or The recommended inflation pressure may also abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, Running the engine with the engine oil be found on the Tire and Loading Information pull off the road to a safe location pressure warning light on could cause label. and stop the vehicle as soon as pos- serious damage to the engine almost If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres- sible. Serious vehicle damage could immediately. Turn off the engine as sure*, the light will illuminate and the chime will occur and may lead to an accident soon as it is safe to do so. sound for about 10 seconds. and could result in serious personal *: lower than 26 psi (for 225/50R17 and injury. Check the tire pressure for all Low tire pressure warning light 235/50R17 tires on four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to Roadster model) the recommended COLD tire pres-After the ignition switch is turned ON, this light sure shown on the Tire and Loading lower than 28 psi (except for the above)comes on for about 1 second and turns off. Information label to turn the low tire For additional information, see “Low tire pres-This light warns of low tire pressure. pressure warning light OFF. If the sure warning system” in the “5. Starting and driving” section and “Flat tire” in the “6. In case light still comes on while driving afterNISSAN’s low tire pressure warning system is atire pressure monitoring system. It monitors tire of emergency” section. You can check the tire adjusting the tire pressure, a tire maypressure of all tires except the spare. When the pressure of all 4 tires on the trip computer be flat. If you have a flat tire, replacetire pressure monitoring system warning light is display. See “Trip computer” earlier in this sec- it with a spare tire as soon aslit, one or more of your tires is significantly tion. possible.under-inflated. You should stop and check yourtires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the2-14 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 72. “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Maintenance ¼ The supplemental air bag warning light ¼ When a spare tire is mounted or a and do-it-yourself” section. flashes intermittently. wheel is replaced, tire pressure will Seat belt warning light ¼ The supplemental air bag warning light does not be indicated and the low tire not come on at all. pressure warning system will not The seat belt warning light and chime remind you function. Contact a NISSAN dealer as to fasten seat belts. The light illuminates when- Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental soon as possible for tire replacement restraint system (air bag system) and/or the ever the ignition key is turned to ON, and will pre-tensioner seat belt may not function prop- and/or system resetting. remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is erly. For additional information, see “Supplemen- fastened. tal restraint system” in the “1. Safety — Seats, See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat seat belts and supplemental restraint system” belts and supplemental restraint system” section section. CAUTION for precautions on seat belt usage. ¼ The low tire pressure warning system Supplemental air bag warning WARNING is not a substitute for the regular tire light pressure check. Be sure to check the If the supplemental air bag warning tire pressure regularly. After turning the ignition key to the ON position, light is on, it could mean that the the supplemental air bag warning light will illu- supplemental front air bag, supplemen- ¼ If the vehicle is being driven at minate. The supplemental air bag warning light tal side air bag, curtain side-impact air speeds of less than 20 MPH (32 will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat km/h), the low tire pressure warning operational. belt systems will not operate in an acci- system may not operate correctly. dent. To help avoid injury to yourself or If any of the following conditions occur, the ¼ Be sure to install the specified size of supplemental front air bag, supplemental side air others, have your vehicle checked by a tires to the front and rear. bag (if so equipped) and curtain side-impact air NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. bag (if so equipped), and pre-tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be Low washer fluid warning light taken to a NISSAN dealer.This light comes on when the washer fluid is at a ¼ The supplemental air bag warning light re-low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. See mains on after approximately 7 seconds. Instruments and controls 2-15 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 73. INDICATOR LIGHTS High beam indicator light tion” section of this manual. Automatic transmission (Blue) Operation position indicator light (A/T This light comes on when the headlight high The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in models) beam is on and goes out when the low beam is one of two ways: selected.When the ignition key is turned to the ON ¼ Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — Anposition, the indicator in the tachometer shows Malfunction indicator lamp emission control system malfunction hasthe automatic transmission selector lever posi- (MIL) been detected. Check the fuel filler cap. If thetion. See “Driving the vehicle” (automatic trans- fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tighten or If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) comes on install the cap and continue to drive themission) in the “5. Starting and driving” section. steady or blinks while the engine is running, it vehicle. The lamp should turn off after a Cruise main switch indicator may indicate a potential emission control mal- few driving trips. If the lamp does not light (if so equipped) function. turn off after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. You The malfunction indicator lamp may also comeThe light comes on when the cruise control main do not need to have your vehicle towed to the on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing,switch is pushed. The light goes out when the dealer. or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makemain switch is pushed again. When the cruise sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed ¼ Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anmain switch indicator light comes on, the cruise tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US engine misfire has been detected which maycontrol system is operational. gallons (14 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. damage the emission control system. To re- duce or avoid emission control system dam- Cruise set switch indicator After a few driving trips, the lamp should age: light (if so equipped) turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists. a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPHThe light comes on while the vehicle speed is (72 km/h).controlled by the cruise control system. If the If this indicator lamp comes on steady for 20 b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.light blinks while the engine is running, it may seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when c) Avoid steep uphill grades. the engine is not running, it indicates that theindicate the cruise control system is not func- d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo vehicle is not ready for an emission controltioning properly. Have the system checked by a being hauled or towed. system inspection/maintenance test. SeeNISSAN dealer. “Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) The malfunction indicator lamp may stop test” in the “9. Technical and consumer informa- blinking and come on steady.2-16 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 74. Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN Traction control system (TCS) control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle off indicator light (if so indicates the vehicle dynamic control system towed to the dealer. and traction control system are not operating. equipped) This light also comes on when the ignition key is CAUTION The light comes on when the traction control turned to the ON position. The light will turn off system (TCS) off switch is pushed to OFF. This if the vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system is Continued vehicle operation without indicates the traction control system is not op- operational. having the emission control system erating. When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator checked and repaired as necessary This light also comes on when the ignition key is light and slip indicator light come on with the could lead to poor driveability, reduced turned to the ON position. The light will turn off vehicle dynamic control system turned on, this fuel economy, and possible damage to if the traction control system (TCS) is opera- light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle the emission control system. tional. dynamic control system’s fail-safe mode is op- When the traction control system off indicator erating, that is the system may not be functioning Slip indicator light light and slip indicator light come on with the properly. Have the system checked by a traction control system turned on, this light alerts NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction occurs in theThe light will blink when the vehicle dynamic the driver to the fact that the traction control system, the vehicle dynamic control systemcontrol (VDC) system or the traction control system’s fail-safe mode is operating, that is the function will be canceled but the vehicle is stillsystem (TCS) is operating, thus alerting the system may not be functioning properly. Have driveable. For additional information, see “Ve-driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. If a hicle dynamic control (VDC) system” in the “5.and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. malfunction occurs in the system, the traction Starting and driving” section of this manual.This light also comes on when the ignition switch control function will be canceled but the vehicleis turned to the ON position. The light will turn off is still driveable. For additional information, see Soft top indicator lightif the VDC or TCS is operational. “Traction control system (TCS)” in the “5. Start- (Roadster models) ing and driving” section of this manual. This light comes and stays on when the soft top Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) is being operated or it is stopped before reach- off indicator light (if so ing a full open/close state. The light will turn off equipped) when the top is fully opened or closed. The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic The soft top can be moved with the soft top Instruments and controls 2-17 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 75. operating switch only under all of the following operation, see “Soft top” in the “3. Pre-driving the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brakeconditions: checks and adjustments” section. pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.¼ When the vehicle is stopped. Turn signal/hazard indicator¼ When the foot brake pedal is depressed. lights¼ When the ignition switch is ON. The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on. CAUTION AUDIBLE REMINDERS Operate the soft top with the engine Key reminder chime running to prevent a discharged battery. The chime will sound if the driver’s side door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch (ignition switch is turned off). Remove the keyWhen the soft top is in motion, and any of the and take it with you when leaving the vehicle.above conditions are discontinued or the pas-senger power seat switches (on the cushion or Light reminder chimethe seatback) are operated, the top will stop The chime will sound when the driver’s door ismoving. Remove your hand from the operating opened with the headlight switch on unless theswitch, and press it again under the above key is in the ignition switch. Make sure to turn theconditions until the top is fully opened or closed. light switch off when you leave the vehicle.The indicator light will go off when the topopen/close operation is completely finished. Seat belt warning chimeIf the soft top indicator light flashes with the The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unlessignition switch ON (whether the top is operated the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened.or not), it may indicate the electric soft topcontrol unit is not functioning properly. Have Brake pad wear warningyour vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-soon as possible. ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itFor more details about the electric soft top will make a high pitched scraping sound when2-18 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 76. SECURITY SYSTEMS that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs. The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock the vehicle when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto sup- SIC2132 ply stores and specialty shops. A NISSAN dealer SIC1699A may also offer such equipment. Check with yourYour vehicle has two types of security systems, insurance company to see if you may be eligible Security indicator lightas follows: for discounts for various theft protection fea- tures. This light k blinks whenever the ignition switch A¼ Vehicle Security System is in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This is¼ NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) normal.The security condition will be shown by the How to arm the vehicle securitysecurity indicator light. systemVEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM 1. Close all windows.The vehicle security system provides visual and The system can be activated even if theaudible alarm signals if someone opens the windows are open.doors or rear hatch when the system is armed. It 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.is not, however, a motion detection type system Instruments and controls 2-19 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 77. 3. Close and lock all doors and rear hatch/trunk a door with the key, or by pressing the 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position lid. UNLOCK button on the keyfob. for approximately 5 seconds. Lock all doors by pressing the LOCK button The alarm is activated by: 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK on the keyfob. When using the keyfob, the position and wait approximately 10 seconds. ¼ Opening the door without using the key or hazard indicators flash twice to indicate all keyfob. 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. doors are locked. ¼ Opening the rear hatch or the trunk lid with- 4. Restart the engine while holding the device4. Confirm that the security indicator light out using the release switch or keyfob. (which may have caused the interference) comes on. The security indicator light glows separate from the registered NVIS key. for about 30 seconds and then blinks. The How to stop an activated alarm system is now activated. If, during this 30 If this procedure allows the engine to start, The alarm will stop only by unlocking a door with NISSAN recommends placing the registered second time period, the door is unlocked by the key, or by pressing the UNLOCK button on the key or the keyfob, or the ignition key is NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid keyfob. The alarm will not stop if the ignition interference from other devices. turned to ACC or ON, the system will not switch is turned to ACC or ON. activate. Statement related to section 15 of FCC If the system does not operate as de- rules for Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-Even when the driver and/or passengers scribed above, have it checked by aare in the vehicle, the system will activate tem (CONT ASSY-BCM, ANT ASSY- NISSAN dealer. IMMOBILIZER)with all doors and rear hatch/trunk lidlocked and ignition key off. Turn the igni- NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of thetion key to ACC to turn the system off. SYSTEM (NVIS) FCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryVehicle security system activation Canada. Operation is subject to the follow- The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) ing two conditions; will not allow the engine to start without the useThe security system will give the following alarm: of the registered NVIS key. (1) This device may not cause harmful in-¼ The headlights blink and the horn sounds terference, and (2) this device must accept If the engine fails to start using the registered intermittently. any interference received, including inter- NVIS key, it may be due to interference caused ference that may cause undesired opera-¼ The alarm automatically turns off after ap- by another NVIS key, an automated toll road tion of the device. proximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm device or automated payment device on the key reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with ring. Restart the engine using the following CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX- again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking procedures: PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC-2-20 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 78. TURE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE dealer for service.COULD VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TOOPERATE THE EQUIPMENT. SIC1699A Security indicator light This light k blinks whenever the ignition switch A is in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational. If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position. If the light still remains on and/or the engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible. Bring all NVIS keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN Instruments and controls 2-21 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 79. REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH (CoupeWASHER SWITCH models) Push the lever up k to have one sweep 4 operation of the wiper. Pull the lever toward you k to operate the 5 washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times. CAUTION The following could damage the washer system: ¼ Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds. SIC2235 SIC1959 ¼ Do not operate the washer if theThe windshield wiper and washer operates reservoir tank is empty. The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition key is in the ON position. when the ignition switch is in the ON position.Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionfollowing speed: WARNING to operate the wiper.k Intermittent — intermittent operation can be1 k Intermittent — intermittent operation (not ad- 1 adjusted by turning the knob toward k A In freezing temperatures the washer so- justable) (Slower) or k (Faster). Also, the intermittent lution may freeze on the windshield and B k Low — continuous low speed operation 2 operation speed varies in accordance with obscure your vision which may lead to the vehicle speed. (For example, when the an accident. Warm the windshield with Push the switch forward k to operate the 3 vehicle speed is high, the intermittent opera- the defroster before you wash the wind- washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times. tion speed will be faster.) shield.k Low — continuous low speed operation 2k High — continuous high speed operation 32-22 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 80. REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH CAUTION froster. ¼ Do not use the rear window defroster¼ If the rear window wiper operation is switch while the soft top is being interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper operated or fully opened. The heat may stop moving to protect its motor. may damage the top material and/or If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to components. (for Roadster models) OFF and remove the snow or ice on and around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch ON again to operate the wiper.¼ The following could damage the washer system: SIC1960 • Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds. To defog/defrost the rear window glass and • Do not operate the washer if the outside mirrors, start the engine and push the reservoir tank is empty. switch on. The indicator light will come on. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 WARNING minutes.In freezing temperatures the washer so- CAUTIONlution may freeze on the rear windowand obscure your vision. Warm the rear ¼ When cleaning the inner side of thewindow with the defroster before you rear window, be careful not to scratchwash the rear window. or damage the rear window de- Instruments and controls 2-23 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 81. HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCHXENON HEADLIGHTS (if so ¼ The life of xenon headlights will beequipped) shortened by frequent on-off operation. It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals (for WARNING example, when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal). Even when the daytime running lights are active (Canada only), HIGH VOLTAGE the xenon headlights do not turn on. This way the life of the xenon headlights ¼ When xenon headlights are on, they is not reduced. produce a high voltage. To prevent an ¼ If the xenon headlight bulb is close to electric shock, never attempt to burning out, the brightness will drasti- modify or disassemble. Always have cally decrease, the light will start blink- your xenon headlights replaced at a ing, or the color of the light will become SIC1961 NISSAN dealer. reddish. If one or more of the above signs appear, contact a NISSAN dealer. ¼ Xenon headlights provide consider- HEADLIGHT SWITCH ably more light than conventional Lighting headlights. If they are not correctly aimed, they might temporarily blind k Turn the switch to the 1 position: an oncoming driver or the driver The front park, side marker, tail, license plate ahead of you and cause a serious and instrument lights will come on. accident. If headlights are not aimed k Turn the switch to the 2 position: correctly, immediately take your ve- hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on. the headlights adjusted correctly.When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.2-24 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 82. turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has CAUTION been turned to the OFF position. ¼ When the headlight switch remains in theUse the headlights with the engine run- or position after the lights auto-ning to avoid discharging the vehicle matically turn off, the lights will turn on for 5battery. minutes when the headlight switch is turned to the OFF position and turn to the or position. CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature SIC1962A automatically turns off the headlights after a period of time, you should turn Headlight beam select the headlight switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid k To select the high beam, push the lever 1 forward. The high beam lights come on and discharging the vehicle battery. the high beam indicator light illumi- nates. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM k Pull the lever back to select the low beam. 2 (Canada only) k Pulling the lever toward you will flash the 3 The headlights automatically illuminate at a re- headlight high beam. duced intensity when the engine is started with Battery saver system the parking brake released. The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the ¼ When the headlight switch is in the or OFF position or in the position. Turn the position while the ignition switch is in headlight switch to the position for full the ON position, the lights will automatically illumination when driving at night. Instruments and controls 2-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 83. If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is turned off. WARNING When the daytime running light system is active, tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and SIC1963 SIC2236 others. TURN SIGNAL SWITCH INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS k Turn signal 1 CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates Move the lever up or down to signal the turning when the light switch is in the or direction. When the turn is completed, the turn position and the ignition switch is in the signals cancel automatically. ON position. k Lane change signal 2 To adjust the brightness of instrument panel To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or lights, press the control switches located on the down to the point where lights begin flashing. left side of the meter panel. Pressing the upper switch k will brighten the lights. The lower A switch k will dim the lights. Repeatedly press- B ing the lower switch will turn the lights off.2-26 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 84. HAZARD WARNING FLASHER HORNSWITCH ¼ Do not use the hazard warning flash- ers while moving on the highway un- less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traf- fic. ¼ Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on. The flasher will operate with the ignition switch in any position. SIC1447A SIC2195Push the switch (located on the center console) To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofon to warn other drivers when you must stop or the steering wheel.park under emergency conditions. All turn signallights will flash. WARNINGSome state or provincial laws may prohibitthe use of the hazard warning flasher Do not disassemble the horn. Doing soswitch while driving. could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tam- WARNING pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious per- ¼ If stopping for an emergency, be sure sonal injury. to move the vehicle well off the road. Instruments and controls 2-27 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 85. HEATED SEATS (if so equipped) The indicator light k in the switch will C illuminate when low or high is selected. overheated. The heater is controlled by a thermostat, ¼ Do not place anything hard or heavy automatically turning the heater on and off. on the seat or pierce it with a pin or The indicator light will remain on as long as similar object. This may result in the switch is on. damage to the heater. 3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or ¼ Any liquid spilled on the heated seat before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn should be removed immediately with the switch to the OFF position (center). a dry cloth. An optional ventilated net seat has this built-in ¼ When cleaning the seat, never use heater only in the seat cushion part, not in the gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any seatback. similar materials. SIC2321A ¼ If any abnormalities are found or theThe seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The CAUTION heated seat does not operate, turnswitches located on the center console can be the switch off and have the systemoperated independently of each other (k for A ¼ The battery could be discharged if checked by a NISSAN dealer.driver’s seat, k for passenger’s seat). B the seat heater is operated while the1. Start the engine. engine is not running.2. Select heat range. ¼ Do not use the seat heater for ex- tended periods or when no one is k For low heat, press the 1 (Low) side using the seat. of the switch. ¼ Do not put anything on the seat k For high heat, press the 2 (High) side which insulates heat, such as a blan- of the switch. ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other- k For no heat, the switch has a center OFF 3 wise, the seat may become position between low and high.2-28 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 86. VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM(VDC) OFF SWITCH (if so (TCS) OFF SWITCH (if soequipped) equipped) engine to turn ON the system. See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system” in the “5. Start- ing and driving” section. SIC1881 SIC1967The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle The vehicle should be driven with the TractionDynamic Control (VDC) system ON for most Control System (TCS) ON for most drivingdriving conditions. conditions.If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the TCSsystem reduces the engine output to reduce reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin.wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced The engine speed will be reduced even if theeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximumIf maximum engine power is needed to free a engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle,stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. turn the TCS off.To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) To turn off the Traction Control System (TCS),system, push the VDC OFF switch (located on push the TCS OFF switch (located on the lowerthe lower side of the instrument panel). The side of the instrument panel). The indicator indicator light will come on. light will come on. Push it again or restart thePush the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn the system back on. Instruments and controls 2-29 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 87. CLOCKSee “Traction control system (TCS)” in the “5. until the clock display starts to flash.Starting and driving” section. Type B (Audio with cassette player): Push and hold the RPT button k until the B clock display starts to flash. 2. Push the SEEK/TRACK button k ( C , ) to adjust the hour. Push the TUNE button k (D , ) to adjust the minute. Pushing the or side will advance the time and the or side will turn back the time. 3. Push the DISP button k (Type A), or DISP A k or RPT k button (Type B) to finish the A B adjustment. SIC2318 Resetting The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays time when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON Type A (Audio without cassette player): position. Push the DISP k and TUNE k buttons. A D If the battery cable is disconnected, the Type B (Audio with cassette player): clock will reset its time and the correct Push the RPT k and TUNE k buttons. B D time will not be indicated. Readjust the The time will be set to a time signal. time. For example, if these buttons are pushed while ADJUSTING THE TIME the time is between 8:00 and 8:29, the display will be reset to 8:00. If pushed while it is Adjust the time in the following steps: between 8:30 and 8:59, the display will be reset 1. Switch the display to the clock adjusting to 9:00. At the same time the display will return mode. to the previous audio mode. Type A (Audio without cassette player): Push and hold the DISP (Clock) button k A2-30 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 88. POWER OUTLET used or the ACC power of the vehicle. ¼ Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal tem- perature fuse may open. ¼ Do not allow water to contact the outlet. When not in use, be sure to close the lid. SIC2258 SIC1968 Front RearThe power outlet is for powering electrical ac-cessories such as cellular telephones. rear power outlets. Do not use double adapters or more than one accessory with a single power outlet. CAUTION ¼ Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the ve- ¼ The outlet and plug may be hot dur- hicle battery. ing or immediately after use. ¼ Avoid using power outlets when the ¼ This power outlet is not designed for air conditioner, headlights or rear use with a cigarette lighter unit. window defroster is on. ¼ Do not use accessories that exceed a ¼ Before inserting or disconnecting a combined power draw of 12 volt, plug, be sure to turn off the power 120W (10A) for both the front and switch of electrical accessory being Instruments and controls 2-31 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 89. STORAGE ¼ Keep the pocket lid closed while driv- ing to help prevent injury in an acci- dent or a sudden stop. For navigation system equipped models: The lid is an electronic type. See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual for the op- eration. SIC2259 SIC2317INSTRUMENT POCKET (except for SUNGLASSES HOLDER (Coupenavigation system equipped models) models)k To open the lid, push the button. a The sunglasses holder can be opened by push- ing the button k . Ak To close, pull the lid down. b WARNING WARNING ¼ The sunglasses holder should not be ¼ The instrument pocket should not be used while driving so full attention used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. may be given to vehicle operation. ¼ Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident.2-32 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 90. CUP HOLDERS CAUTION WARNING¼ Do not use for anything other than glasses. The cup holder should not be used while¼ Do not leave sunglasses in the sun- driving so full attention may be given to glasses holder while parking in direct vehicle operation. sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses. CAUTION ¼ Avoid abrupt starting and braking SIC1972 when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid TRAY is hot, it can scald you or your pas- The tray can be removed for cleaning by pulling senger. upward k . A ¼ Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an WARNING accident. The tray should not be used while driv- ing so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Instruments and controls 2-33 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 91. SIC1973 SIC1976Center console: CONSOLE BOXThe cup holder is in the center console box. Pushing the button k will open the lid slightly, 1Push the button k to open the console box lid. 1 then pull up the lid manually k . The center 2The cup holder can be removed for cleaning by console box is equipped with a cup holder k Apulling it up k . 2 and a card holder k . The cup holder k can be B AFor larger cups, push down the flap k . A removed by pulling it up. SIC1974 Passenger’s side: WARNING To use the cup holder, push it once k and pull 1 The center console box should not be it out k until a click is heard. Avoid applying 2 used while driving so full attention may excessive force to the cup holder. be given to vehicle operation.2-34 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 92. SIC2218 SIC1975A SIC2377If objects (coins, etc.) fall into the rear section of REAR FLOOR BOX The rear floor box has another storage spacethe center console box, remove the rear wall k C under the bottom plate.of the box as shown, and pick up the objects. The rear floor box is located behind the passen- ger’s seat. Fold the seat to use the rear floor box. WARNING CAUTION The rear floor box may be opened by pulling the handle. The rear floor box light illuminates when Keep rear floor box lid closed while the box lid is opened with the headlight switch Be careful not to pinch your fingers driving to help prevent injury in an acci- ON. when removing the rear wall k. C dent or a sudden stop. When locking k or unlocking k the rear floor 1 2 box, use the master key. Instruments and controls 2-35 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 93. accident or a sudden stop. STOWING GOLF BAGS Follow the instructions here to stow golf bags in the rear cargo space of your vehicle. Normally two bags can be stowed in the luggage area (Coupe models) or one bag in the trunk (Road- ster models). However, in some cases you may not be able to stow the above number of golf bags in your vehicle, depending on their sizes or types. SIC1977REAR PARCEL BOXPush the upper part of the lid to open the rearparcel box. For models without the Navigationsystem, two boxes are available. WARNING SIC2196 ¼ The rear parcel box should not be Coupe models used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Normally, two standard golf bags can be stowed across the strut tower bar in the luggage area as ¼ Keep rear parcel box lid closed while illustrated (A and B). When stowing a golf bag A driving to help prevent injury in an in the rear space, insert the top of the golf bag2-36 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 94. COAT HOOK (Coupe models)into left side of the luggage area k then put the 1bag down k . 2 SIC2378 The hooks are located above the side windows as shown in the illustration. CAUTION: Do not place items which are more than 2 lb (1 kg) on the hook. SIC2237 Roadster models Normally, one standard golf bag C can be stowed in the trunk. Insert the top of the golf bag into left side of the trunk k then put the bag 1 down k .2 Instruments and controls 2-37 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 95. WINDOWSPOWER WINDOWS WARNING ¼ Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos- ing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows. ¼ Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls SIC1978C SIC1892D and become trapped in a window. Driver side power window switch Passenger side power window switch Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents. 1. Driver side window The passenger side switch will open or close 2. Passenger side window only the corresponding window. To open or 3. Window lock button close the window, hold the switch down or up.The power windows operate when the ignition 4. Power door lock switchkey is in the ON position and for about 45 Locking passenger’s windowseconds, after the ignition key is turned to the To open or close the window, push down k or1 pull up k the switch and hold it. The main 2 When the lock button is pushed in, only theOFF position. If the driver’s door or the front driver side window can be opened or closed.passenger’s door is opened during this period of switch (driver side switches) will open or close all the windows. Push it in again to cancel.about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.The power window switches will be deactivatedduring the soft top operation. (Roadster models)2-38 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 96. 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the AUTOMATIC ADJUSTING OFF position. FUNCTION Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto reverse function may CAUTION be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs. When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal, do not close either of the front doors. The automatic win- WARNING dow adjusting function will not work, and the side roof panel/top side rail There are some small distances imme- may be damaged. diately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all SIC1979B The power window has an automatic adjusting passengers have their hands, etc., in- side the vehicle before closing the win- function. When the door is being opened, theAutomatic operation window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid dow.To fully open or close the window, completely contact between the window and the side roofpress or lift the switch and release it; it need not panel/top side rail. When the door is closed, thebe held. The window will automatically open or Automatic window lowering (Roadster window is automatically raised slightly.close all the way. To stop the window, just press models)or lift the switch on the opposite side. When the soft top operating switch is pressed,Auto reverse function the power windows will automatically be low-If the control unit detects something caught in a ered completely. The windows do not rise auto-window as it moves up, the window will be matically after the soft top open/close operationimmediately lowered. is completed. Use the power window switches to raise them.The auto reverse function can be activated whena window is closed by automatic operation whenthe ignition key is in the ON position or for about Instruments and controls 2-39 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 97. INTERIOR LIGHTS ignition switch has been turned to the OFF position. To turn on the light again, turn the ignition switch to the ON position. The map and vanity mirror lights will automati- cally turn off 30 minutes after the latest operation of the following with the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position: ¼ Opening or closing any door ¼ Locking or unlocking with the keyfob, a key or the power door lock switch ¼ Inserting or removing a key from the ignition switch SIC1980A SIC2238 These lights will turn on again when any of the Coupe models Roadster models above operations is performed after the lightsINTERIOR ¼ The key is removed from the ignition switch have turned off automatically. (The lights will turn while all doors are closed.The interior light has a two-position switch. (k : A off 30 minutes after the latest operation of theDOOR, k : OFF) B The interior light will turn off while the 30 second above as well.) timer is activated, when:When the switch is in the DOOR position, thelight will illuminate when a door is opened. ¼ The driver’s door is locked either with the CAUTION keyfob, a key or the power door lock switch.The light will stay on for about 30 seconds when: ¼ Turn off the lights when you leave the ¼ The ignition switch is turned ON.¼ The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, a key vehicle. or the power door lock switch while all doors MAP ¼ Do not use for extended periods of are closed. To turn on the light, push the plastic surface k C time with the engine stopped. This¼ The driver’s door is opened and then closed of the light. Push it again to turn off the light. could result in a discharged battery. while the key is removed from the ignition When the map light stays on, it will auto- switch. matically turn off 30 minutes after the2-40 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 98. VANITY MIRROR LIGHT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT TRUNK LIGHT (Roadster models) (Coupe models) The light illuminates when the rear hatch is The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the light opened. When the trunk lid is closed, the light will go off. will go off. SIC1859The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.When the vanity mirror light stays on, it willautomatically turn off 30 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the OFFposition. To turn on the light again, turn theignition switch to the ON position. Instruments and controls 2-41 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 99. HomeLink UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions of WARNING ¼ Your vehicle’s engine should beup to three individual hand-held transmitters into turned off while programming theone built-in device. HomeLink Universal Transceiver. ¼ Do not use the HomeLink UniversalHomeLink Universal Transceiver: Transceiver with any garage door¼ Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) opener that lacks safety stop and PROGRAMMING HomeLink devices such as garage doors, gates, home reverse features as required by fed- eral safety standards. (These stan- To program your HomeLink Transceiver to op- and office lighting, entry door locks and se- erate a garage door, gate, or entry door opener, curity systems. dards became effective for opener home or office lighting, you need to be at the¼ Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No models manufactured after April 1, same location as the device. Note: Garage door separate batteries are required. If the vehi- 1982). A garage door opener which openers (manufactured after 1996) have “rolling cle’s battery is discharged or is discon- cannot detect an object in the path of code protection”. To program a garage door nected, HomeLink will retain all program- a closing garage door and then auto- opener equipped with “rolling code protection”; ming. matically stop and reverse, does not you will need to use a ladder to get up to the meet current federal safety stan- garage door opener motor to be able to accessOnce the HomeLink Universal Transceiver dards. Using a garage door opener the training button.is programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures without these features increases the(for example, new vehicle purchases). risk of serious injury or death.Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons ¼ During the programming procedure,should be erased for security purposes. your garage door or security gate willFor additional information, refer to “Pro- open or close (if the transmitter isgramming HomeLink ” later in this sec- within range). Make sure that peopletion. and objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming.2-42 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 100. when the device begins to activate. 5. If the indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid, HomeLink has picked up a “rolling code” garage door opener signal. You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another person for convenience. 6. Press and release the training button located on the garage door opener’s motor to acti- vate the “training mode”. This button is usu- ally located near the antenna wire that hangs SIC2247A SIC2248 down from the motor. If the wire originates1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outer 3. Using both hands, simultaneously press and from under a light lens, you will need to HomeLink buttons (to clear the memory) hold both the HomeLink button you want to remove the lens to access the training button. until the indicator light k blinks (after 20 A program and the hand-held transmitter but- seconds). Release both buttons. NOTE: ton.2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has Once you have pressed and released the been completed. training button on the garage door open- 1-3 in (26 - 76 mm) away from the er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, you HomeLink surface. 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator have 30 seconds in which to perform step light on the HomeLink flashes, changing 7. Use the help of a second person for from a “slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. When convenience to assist when performing the indicator light flashes rapidly, both but- this step. tons may be released. The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming. To 7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing and activate the garage door or other pro- releasing the garage door opener program grammed device, press and hold the pro- button, firmly press and release the grammed HomeLink button - releasing HomeLink button you’ve just programmed. Instruments and controls 2-43 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 101. Press and release the HomeLink button up light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- ¼ press and hold both the HomeLink and to three times to complete the training. gramming). hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- ruption.8. Your HomeLink button should now be pro- NOTE: grammed. ¼ position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in If programming a garage door opener, etc., (50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLinkTo program the remaining HomeLink buttons it is advised to unplug the device during surface. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor additional door or gate openers, follow steps the “cycling” process to prevent possible for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink is not2-8 only. damage to the garage door opener compo- programmed within that time, try holding the nents. transmitter in another position - keeping theNOTE: indicator light in view at all times.Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER If you continue to have programming difficulties,“clear” all previously programmed please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsHomeLink buttons. The HomeLink Universal Transceiver (once Department. The phone numbers are located inIf you have any questions or are having difficulty programmed) may now be used to activate the the Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to garage door, etc. To operate, simply press the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDthe HomeLink web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-NISSAN-1 (1- Transceiver button. The red indicator light will INFORMATION800-647-7261). illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however to clear all programming, press and hold the twoPROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR PROGRAMMING TROUBLE outside buttons and release when the indicatorCANADIAN CUSTOMERS DIAGNOSIS light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds).Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required hand- If the HomeLink does not quickly learn theheld transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 hand-held transmitter information:seconds. To program your hand-held transmitter ¼ replace the hand-held transmitter batteriesto HomeLink , continue to press and hold the with new batteries.HomeLink button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink ”) while you ¼ position the hand-held transmitter with itspress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held battery area facing away from the HomeLinktransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator surface.2-44 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 102. REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE been programmed into HomeLink . Consult theHomeLink BUTTON Owner’s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices forTo reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans- additional information.ceiver button, complete the following. When your vehicle is recovered, you will1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink but- need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer- ton. Do not release the button until step 4 sal Transceiver with your new transmitter has been completed. information.2. When the indicator light begins to flash FCC Notice: slowly (after 20 seconds), position the hand- This device complies with FCC rules part held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127 mm) 15. Operation is subject to the following away from the HomeLink surface. two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference and (2) This3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter device must accept any interference that button. may be received, including interference4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first that may cause undesired operation. slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator The transmitter has been tested and com- light begins to flash rapidly, release both plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules. buttons. Changes or modifications not expresslyThe HomeLink Universal Transceiver button approved by the party responsible for com-has now been reprogrammed. The new device pliance could void the user’s authority tocan be activated by pushing the HomeLink operate the device.button that was just programmed. This proce- DOC: ISTC 1763K1313dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink buttons. FCC I.D.: CB2V67690IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that has Instruments and controls 2-45 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 103. MEMO2-46 Instruments and controls ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 104. 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsKeys ......................................................................................... 3-2 Opener operation ......................................................... 3-13Doors ....................................................................................... 3-2 Fuel filler cap ................................................................. 3-14 Locking with key ............................................................. 3-3 Steering wheel .................................................................... 3-15 Locking with inside lock knob ..................................... 3-3 Tilt operation .................................................................. 3-15 Locking with power door lock switch ....................... 3-4 Extension sun visor (if so equipped) .............................. 3-16Remote keyless entry system ............................................ 3-4 Mirrors ................................................................................... 3-16 How to use remote keyless entry system.................. 3-5 Inside mirror .................................................................... 3-16 Battery replacement ....................................................... 3-8 Automatic anti-glare inside mirrorHood ........................................................................................ 3-9 (if so equipped) ............................................................ 3-17Rear hatch (Coupe models) .............................................. 3-9 Outside mirrors ............................................................. 3-18 Opener operation ......................................................... 3-10 Soft top (Roadster models) .............................................. 3-19 Secondary rear hatch release .................................... 3-10 Before operating the top ............................................. 3-19Trunk lid (Roadster models) ............................................ 3-11 When operating the top .............................................. 3-21 Opener operation ......................................................... 3-11 Opening the top ............................................................ 3-24 Interior trunk lid release ............................................... 3-12 Closing the top .............................................................. 3-25 Secondary trunk lid release ........................................ 3-13 If the top does not open or close electrically ........ 3-25Fuel filler lid ......................................................................... 3-13 Care of the soft top and the vehicle body.............. 3-28 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 105. KEYS DOORS Never leave these keys in the vehicle. A key number plate is supplied with your keys. WARNING Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. ¼ Always have the doors locked while NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it driving. Along with the use of seat is very important to keep track of your key belts, this provides greater safety in number plate. the event of an accident by helping to A key number is only necessary when you have prevent persons from being thrown lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from the vehicle. This also helps keep from. If you still have a key, this key can be children and others from uninten- duplicated by a NISSAN dealer. tionally opening the doors, and will NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) help keep out intruders. KEY - Master and Valet keys: SPA1379D ¼ Before opening any door, always As many as 5 keys can be used with one vehicle. look for and avoid oncoming traffic.1. Master keys* New keys must be registered to the NVIS com-2. Valet key* ponents in your vehicle by a NISSAN dealer. At ¼ Do not leave children unattended in-3. Key number plate this time, you should bring all NVIS keys that you side the vehicle. They could unknow-(* With built-in transponder chip) have to a NISSAN dealer for registration. This is ingly activate switches or controls. because the registration process will erase all Unattended children could becomeYou can only drive your vehicle using the master memory of the NVIS components. involved in serious accidents.or valet keys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) componentsin your vehicle. These keys have a transponder CAUTIONchip in the key head. Do not allow the NVIS key, which con-The master key can be used for all the locks. tains an electrical transponder, to comeThe valet key cannot be used for the rear floor in contact with salt water. This couldbox lock. To protect belongings when you leave cause the system to malfunction.a key with someone, give them the valet key only.3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 106. will unlock the passenger’s door. Opening and closing windows Turn the driver’s door key towards the front of the vehicle (UNLOCK position) and hold for about 1 second, all door windows will begin to lower. To close all door windows, turn the key to the LOCK position and hold for about 1 second. To stop opening or closing, turn the key to the neutral position. In the event of a hand in the way, or other SPA1503A obstruction, the auto reverse function will acti- SPA1504A vate.LOCKING WITH KEY LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKThe power door lock system allows you to lock KNOBor unlock all doors including the rear hatch/trunk Pushing the door inside lock knob to the LOCKlid simultaneously. k or UNLOCK k position will lock or unlock 1 2 the corresponding door. (The rear hatch/trunk lid¼ Turning the driver’s door key to the rear of the lock is linked with the driver side door lock.) vehicle k will lock all doors including the 1 rear hatch/trunk lid. To individually lock the doors from the outside (without a key), move the inside lock knob to the¼ Turning the driver’s door key one time to the LOCK position. Then close the door. front of the vehicle k will unlock the driver’s 2 door and rear hatch/trunk lid. From that po- When locking the door without a key, be sition, returning the key to neutral (where the sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. key can only be removed and inserted) and turning it to the front again within 5 seconds Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 107. REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Lockout protection It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (including the rear hatch/trunk lid), release the rear When the power door lock switch (driver or front hatch/trunk lid and activate the panic alarm by passenger) is moved to the LOCK position with using the keyfob from outside the vehicle. the key in the ignition and any door open, all Before locking the doors, make sure the doors will lock and unlock automatically. This key is not left in the vehicle. helps to prevent the keys from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle. The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi- mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.) As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSAN dealer. SPA1505E The keyfob will not function when:k Driver’s sideAk Passenger’s sideB ¼ the battery is discharged,LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR ¼ the distance between the vehicle and theLOCK SWITCH keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m). The panic alarm and the rear hatch/trunkAll doors will be locked when the power door lid release will not activate when the key islock switch is pushed to the LOCK position k 1 in the ignition switch.with the driver’s or front passenger’s door open.Then close the door and all doors will be locked.When locking the door this way, be certain CAUTIONnot to leave the key inside the vehicle. The following conditions or occurrencesTo unlock, push the power door lock switch to will damage the keyfob.the UNLOCK position k . 23-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 108. 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the¼ Do not allow the keyfob to become horn chirps once. wet. ¼ When the LOCK button is pushed with all¼ Do not drop the keyfob. doors locked, the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once as a reminder¼ Do not strike the keyfob sharply that the doors are already locked. against another object.¼ Do not place the keyfob for an ex- *1: Doors lock with the keyfob while a key is in tended period in an area where tem- the ignition switch. However, the panic peratures exceed 140°F (60°C). alarm and the rear hatch/trunk lid release willIf a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN not activate when the key is in the ignitionrecommends erasing the ID code of that switch.keyfob. This will prevent the keyfob *2: Doors lock with the keyfob while the ignition SPA1918 switch is in the ON position. However, thefrom unauthorized use to unlock the HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS hazard indicator and horn will not function.vehicle. For information regarding the *3: Doors lock with the keyfob while any door iserasing procedure, please contact a ENTRY SYSTEM open. However, the hazard indicator andNISSAN dealer. horn will not function. Locking doors 1. Remove the ignition key.*1 *2 Unlocking doors 2. Close all the doors.*3 1. Push the UNLOCK button k on the keyfob 2 once. 3. Push the LOCK button k on the keyfob. 1 ¼ The driver’s door and rear hatch/trunk lid 4. All the doors will lock. unlock. All of the doors will lock when the LOCK ¼ The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors button on the keyfob is pushed even are completely closed with the ignition key in though a door remains open and/or the any position except the ON position. ignition key is in the ON position. ¼ The interior light turns on and the light timer Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 109. activates for 30 seconds when the switch is Keep pressing the UNLOCK button until the ¼ The LOCK button k or the UNLOCK button 1 in the DOOR position with the ignition key in windows are fully open. k is pressed, or 2 any position except the ON position. To stop lowering the windows, release the UN- ¼ The PANIC button k or the 42. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob LOCK button. HATCH/TRUNK button k is pushed on the 3 again within 5 seconds. keyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds. To start lowering the windows again, press the¼ Passenger’s door unlocks. UNLOCK button again for 3 more seconds.¼ The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors Releasing the rear hatch/trunk lid are completely closed. 1. Push the HATCH/TRUNK button k on the 3All doors will be locked automatically unless one keyfob for longer than 0.5 seconds with theof the following operations is performed within 1 key removed from the ignition key cylinder.minute of pressing the UNLOCK button. 2. The rear hatch (Coupe) or trunk lid (Road-¼ Any door or rear hatch/trunk lid is opened. ster) opens.¼ The ignition switch is turned to the ON Using the panic alarm position. If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,The interior light can be turned off without you may activate the alarm to call attention aswaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignition follows:switch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the keyfob. 1. Push the PANIC button k on the keyfob for 4 longer than 0.5 seconds with the keyOpening the windows removed from the ignition switch.Push the UNLOCK button k on the keyfob and 2 2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willthe driver’s door will unlock. stay on for 30 seconds.Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3 3. The panic alarm stops when:seconds. All the door windows will start to belowered. ¼ It has run for 30 seconds, or3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 110. once and the horn chirps once. SPA1260Setting hazard indicator and horn button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesmode twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn oper-This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn ates.mode when you first receive the vehicle. (Switching procedure)In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on theflashes twice and the horn chirps once. When keyfob simultaneously for more than 2 secondsthe UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indi- to switch from one mode to the other.cator flashes once. When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica-If hazard indicator and horn mode is not neces- tor only mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3sary, you can switch to hazard indicator only times.mode by following the switching procedure. When pushing the buttons to set hazard indica-In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCK tor and horn mode, the hazard indicator flashes Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 111. Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva- could void the user’s authority to operate lent the equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Make sure that the ⊕ side faces the Industry Canada. Operation is subject to bottom case. the following two conditions: (1) This de- 3. Close the lid securely. vice may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any inter- 4. Push the keyfob button two or three times to ference received, including interference check its operation. that may cause undesired operation of the device. See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement. If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement, perform step 4 above. ¼ Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal. ¼ An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. ¼ The keyfob is water-resistant; however, SDI1608 if it gets wet, immediately wipe it com- pletely dry.BATTERY REPLACEMENT ¼ When changing batteries, do not letReplace the battery as follows: dust or oil get on the keyfob.1. Open the lid using a suitable tool. FCC Notice:2. Replace the battery with a new one. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer compliance3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 112. HOOD REAR HATCH (Coupe models) WARNING Do not drive with the rear hatch open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See “Precautions when starting and driving” in the “5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas. SPA15061. Pull the hood lock release handle k located 1 below the instrument panel; the hood will WARNING then spring up slightly.2. Raise the lever k at the front of the hood 2 ¼ Make sure the hood is completely with your fingertips and raise the hood. closed and latched before driving.3. Insert the assist bar into the slot k in the 3 Failure to do so could cause the hood front edge of the hood. to fly open and result in an accident.4. When closing the hood, reset the assist bar ¼ If you see steam or smoke coming to its original position, then slowly close the from the engine compartment, to hood and make sure it locks into place. avoid injury do not open the hood. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 113. ¼ Press the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK side. The rear hatch employs a spring component which enables you to lift up the hatch by one hand. Because of this, sometimes the rear hatch may clatter when the lock is released, but it is not a malfunction. To close, push the rear hatch down securely. The rear hatch release switch is linked with the driver side door lock. To open the rear hatch, unlock the driver side door. SPA1507 SPA1556OPENER OPERATION SECONDARY REAR HATCHThe rear hatch release switch is located be- RELEASEtween the license plate lights. The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows opening the rear hatch in the event ofTo open the rear hatch, unlock it with one of the discharged battery or emergency.following operations then push the releaseswitch: The release (string) handle is located under the strut tower bar inside the luggage compartment.¼ Press the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once. (Pressing the HATCH/TRUNK button To open the rear hatch from the inside, on the keyfob can open the rear hatch at firmly pull the release handle to the direc- once without pushing the release switch.) tion shown above until the lock releases.¼ Insert the key into the door key cylinder and turn the door key counterclockwise once.3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 114. TRUNK LID (Roadster models) ¼ Press the power door lock switch to the WARNING UNLOCK side. (After locking the doors with a keyfob, this switch is not available due to the security system.) ¼ Do not drive with the trunk lid open. This could allow dangerous exhaust To close, push the trunk lid down securely. gases to be drawn into the vehicle. The trunk lid release switch is linked with the See “Precautions when starting and driver side door lock. To open the trunk lid, driving” in the “5. Starting and driv- unlock the driver side door. ing” section for exhaust gas. ¼ Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously SPA1685 injured. Keep the car locked, with the trunk closed when not in use, and OPENER OPERATION prevent children’s access to car keys. The trunk lid release switch is located between the license plate lights. To open the trunk lid, unlock it with one of the following operations then push the release switch: ¼ Press the UNLOCK button on the keyfob once. (Pressing the HATCH/TRUNK button on the keyfob can open the trunk lid at once without pushing the release switch.) ¼ Insert the key into the door key cylinder and turn it counterclockwise once. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 115. The interior trunk lid release mechanism pro- vides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk. The handle k is located inside the trunk com- A partment as illustrated. To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull the release handle towards you until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid. The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light. SPA1686 SPA1687Cancel switch INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASEWhen the cancel switch (located inside the rearfloor box) is OFF, the trunk lid cannot be opened WARNINGwith the release switch. It can be opened only bypushing the HATCH/TRUNK button on the key- Closely supervise children when theyfob. are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in- jured. Keep the car locked, with the trunk closed when not in use, and pre- vent children’s access to car keys.3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 116. FUEL FILLER LID SPA1688 SPA1508SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE OPENER OPERATIONThe secondary trunk lid release mechanism al- To open the fuel filler lid, push the opener switchlows opening the trunk lid in the event of dis- located below the instrument panel. To lock,charged battery or emergency. close the fuel filler lid securely.Remove the cover k (located inside of the rear 1floor box) using a suitable tool k as shown. 2Access the release (string) handle k . 3To open the trunk lid from the inside, firmlypull the release handle to the directionshown above until the lock releases. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 117. the cap. ¼ Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refuel- ing may cause fuel overflow, result- ing in fuel spray and possibly a fire. ¼ Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An in- SPA1509A correct cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. ItFUEL FILLER CAP could also cause the malfunction in- highly explosive under certain condi-k To remove the fuel filler cap, turn it counter-1 tions. You could be burned or seri- dicator lamp to come on. clockwise. ously injured if it is misused or mis- ¼ Do not fill a portable fuel container ink Hang the string of the cap on the hook k as2 A handled. Always stop the engine and the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity shown while refueling. do not smoke or allow open flames can cause an explosion of flammable or sparks near the vehicle when refu- liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle orThe fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tighten the trailer. To reduce the risk of serious eling.cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard. injury or death when filling portable ¼ Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the fuel containers: WARNING cap a third of a turn, and wait for any — Always place the container on the “hissing” sound to stop to prevent ground when filling. fuel from spraying out and possibly ¼ Gasoline is extremely flammable and — Do not use electronic devices causing personal injury. Then remove3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 118. STEERING WHEEL when filling. not turn off after a few driving trips,— Keep the pump nozzle in contact have the vehicle inspected by a with the container while you are fill- NISSAN dealer. ing it. ¼ For additional information, see the— Use only approved portable fuel con- “Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” in tainers for flammable liquid. the “2. Instruments and controls”¼ Never pour fuel into the throttle body section. to attempt to start your vehicle. CAUTION SPA1510¼ If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid TILT OPERATION paint damage. Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering¼ Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks. wheel up or down to the desired position. Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap Push the lock lever up securely to lock the properly may cause the mal- steering wheel in place. function indicator lamp (MIL) to illu- minate. If the lamp illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or WARNING missing, tighten or install the cap and Do not adjust the steering wheel while continue to drive the vehicle. The driving. You could lose control of your lamp should turn off after a few vehicle and cause an accident. driving trips. If the lamp does Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 119. EXTENSION SUN VISOR (if so MIRRORSequipped) 1. To block out glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor. 2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side. 3. To use the extension sun visor k , pull it out A from the main sun visor k as shown. B CAUTION Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor. SPA1792 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position. SPA1592C3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 120. description in the “2. Instruments and controls” section. PD1006MB SPA1709AThe night position k will reduce glare from the 1 AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEheadlights of vehicles behind you at night. MIRROR (if so equipped)Use the day position k when driving in daylight 2 The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-hours. cally changes reflection according to the inten- sity of the headlight of the following vehicle. WARNING When the inside mirror is in the AUTO position Use the night position only when neces- k , excessive glare from the headlights of the 1 vehicle behind you will be reduced. The AUTO sary, because it reduces rear view clar- indicator light k (green) will be on. When the A ity. switch of the inside mirror is in the OFF position k , the inside mirror will operate normally. 2 For HomeLink Universal Transceiver, see the Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 121. The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. Turn the control knob (located on the driver side door armrest) to right or left to select the right or left outside mirror, then adjust using the knob. SPA1390 IC0565OUTSIDE MIRRORS Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the WARNING rear of the vehicle. Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 122. SOFT TOP (Roadster models) CAUTION Always keep the engine running while operating the soft top. The top will also operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, but run the engine to prevent a discharged battery. Be sure to follow the operating instructions, and all the warnings and cautions in this section. Improper operation of the top could cause a system malfunction, damage, or deterio- SPA1689 ration of the top material and related parts. Interior/exterior view1. Soft top operating switch BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP WARNING2. Soft top indicator light (on the combination The soft top of your 350Z Roadster is electrically meter) operated. You can fully open or close the top ¼ Park the vehicle in a safe and level only by pressing the operating switch (on the place and apply the parking brake.3. Top side rail lower side of the instrument panel).4. Top latch lever ¼ Make sure the area is clear of ob- The soft top operating switch must be operated under all of the following conditions: stacles and there is enough clear-5. Soft top ance over the top (for example, in a6. Top storage lid ¼ When the foot brake pedal is depressed. garage or a covered area). More than7. Trunk lid ¼ When the vehicle is stopped. approximately 6.6 ft (2 m) from the ground is required to open or close8. Rear window ¼ When the engine is running. the top safely. Otherwise, the top9. Rear section of the top may damage any objects above it Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 123. while moving. The top operating sys- face of the top completely before tem could also be damaged. opening it. ¼ Do not operate the top in a strong ¼ Do not open the top when it is wet or wind. It could be blown by the wind, damp. This may cause interior water striking someone or damage the top. damage, stains or mildew on the top material. ¼ Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out ¼ Be sure to turn off the rear window of the opening while the vehicle is in defroster switch. Never turn it on motion or while the top is being op- while the top is being operated or erated. fully opened. The heat may damage the top material. ¼ In an accident you could be thrown SPA1701 from the vehicle with an open top. Always use seat belts and proper child restraints. CAUTION ¼ Do not place any objects between the CAUTION top cloth and the structure. Doing so could interfere with top operation ¼ Do not operate the top when the and cause damage to the top operat- temperature is below 32°F (0°C). This ing system or the objects. may result in damage to the top ma- ¼ Do not place anything on the top and terial or operating system. the storage lid. Even small items may ¼ Remove water drops, snow, ice or interfere with the top operation and sand from the top, and dry the sur- could cause damage to the top or the3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 124. WHEN OPERATING THE TOP NOTE: vehicle body. ¼ In case of low battery or low tempera-¼ Do not place anything in the top stor- WARNING ture, the top may temporarily stop mov- age area. The top will not fit there ing during the operation. This functions properly, and this could damage the to protect the top control mechanism, Keep hands and other parts of the body top and/or the vehicle body. and it is not a malfunction. away from moving parts such as the top,¼ Do not sit or place excessive weight storage lid and power windows. ¼ If the top is opened and closed repeat- edly in a short period of time, it may on the top and the storage lid, espe- stop moving to protect the top motor. cially when the top is being operated. Wait for a few minutes before operating The top may be damaged. CAUTION the top again.¼ Do not drive the vehicle with the top partially opened. Always make sure Keep all parts of the top linkage clear of the top is either fully opened or obstructions, or the top latch may not be closed before driving. securely locked.¼ Secure items so that they cannot be blown from the vehicle while driving with the top open.¼ When a child restraint is installed in the passenger seat, be sure to turn the seatback tilt cancel switch (lo- cated on the passenger seatback) to the CANCEL position, or the child restraint may be damaged. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 125. Top latch lever k Rotate the lever forward until the front edge 3 of the top is completely joined to the vehicle The soft top has three locking points to engage body. the front edge of the top to the vehicle body. Operating the top latch lever enables you to lock k Rotate the lever toward you and push it up 4 or unlock all three locking points at the same into the stored position. Make sure the top is securely engaged to the vehicle body. time. When releasing or engaging the top latch, you may hear the latch operating. This is CAUTION normal and not a malfunction. Before opening the top, be sure to release the top latch. After closing, securely engage the top to the vehicle body. To release the latch (before opening the top): k Push the safety switch k . 1 A k The latch lever k is lowered. 2 B k Swing the lever forward until the latch is 3 released. To engage the latch (after closing the top): Check that the top is in the fully closed position. k Push the safety switch k . 1 A SPA1690 k The latch lever k is lowered. 2 B3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 126. ¼ The foot brake pedal is released. switch (on the seat cushion) is operated. ¼ The passenger power seat switch (on the ¼ When the power seatback tilt switch (on the cushion or the seatback) is operated. seatback) is operated. Remove your hand from the soft top operating ¼ When the seatback tilt cancel switch is switch, and press the switch again to move the turned to the CANCEL position. top to the fully opened or closed position. The Remove your hand from the soft top operating indicator light will go off when the top switch, and press it again to resume operation. open/close operation is completely finished. The passenger seatback will start tilting forward If the soft top indicator light flashes with the again from the present position, and the soft top ignition switch ON (whether the top is operated will start opening or closing. If the top movement or not), it may indicate the top operating system is interrupted at this time, the next time you is not functioning properly. Have your vehicle resume top operation, the seatback will first tilt checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos- forward from the present position, then the top SPA1691 sible. will start moving again.Soft top indicator light If you need to cancel this function or when a Automatic passenger seatback tilt child restraint is installed in the passenger seat,The soft top indicator light in the instrument function push the seatback tilt cancel switch to thepanel shows the conditions of top operation. CANCEL position. For the seatback tilt cancelThis light comes and stays on when the soft top The passenger seatback will automatically tilt forward when the soft top is operated. This switch, see “Tilting and reclining passenger’sis being operated or if it is stopped before it is seat from driver’s seat” in the “1. Safety —fully opened or closed. The light will go off when function is designed to draw your passenger’s attention to the rear section of the top, which will Seats, seat belts and supplemental restrain sys-the top is fully opened or closed. tem” section. come into the passenger compartment fromWhen the soft top is in motion, and any of the behind during the top operation. The seatback If the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CAN-following conditions occur, the top will stop will return to the original position when the entire CEL position and the passenger seat is occu-moving: top operation is completed. pied, ask the passenger to sit forward when the This automatic seatback movement will be top is being opened or closed.¼ The vehicle is moved. stopped:¼ The ignition switch is turned to OFF. ¼ When the passenger seat sliding or reclining Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 127. Automatic window lowering • The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion. (In about 20When the soft top operating switch is pressed, seconds, the opening movement will finishthe power windows will automatically be low- and the indicator light goes off.)ered completely. The windows do not rise auto-matically after the top operation is completed. • Windows will automatically be fullyUse the power window switches to raise them. opened. • The passenger seatback will automatically move forward, unless the seatback tilt cancel switch is in the CANCEL position. It will return to the original position after the top operation. (See “Automatic pas- senger seatback tilt function” shown on the previous page of this section.) SPA1692 6. Release the switch when the top is fully OPENING THE TOP opened. (The indicator light goes off.) NOTE: 1. Apply the parking brake and move the selec- tor lever to the P (Park) position (for the If you release the switch and press it again automatic transmission model) or the shift while the top is being opened, the top will lever to the N (Neutral) position (for the slightly move to the closing direction, then manual transmission model). start moving to the opening direction again. The top is designed to move in this 2. Start the engine. way. It is not a malfunction. 3. Depress the foot brake pedal. 4. Release the front edge of the top from the vehicle body with the top latch lever. 5. Press OPEN on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully opened.3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 128. seconds, the closing movement will finish conditions or has any system malfunction, see a and the indicator light goes off.) NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. When you must close the top by yourself, in the event of • Windows will automatically be fully emergency or when an immediate dealer service opened. is not available, close the top manually according • The passenger seatback will automatically to the procedures shown in this section. move forward, unless the seatback tilt When closing the soft top manually: cancel switch is in the CANCEL position. It will return to the original position after ¼ Move the vehicle to a safe place, away from the top operation. (See “Automatic pas- traffic. senger seatback tilt function” shown on ¼ Two people should perform this procedure, the previous page of this section.) as some of the top parts are extremely heavy. 5. Release the switch when the top is fully The top cannot be opened manually. SPA1693 closed. (The indicator light goes off.)CLOSING THE TOP 6. Securely engage the front edge of the top to WARNING the vehicle body with the top latch lever.1. Apply the parking brake and move the selec- ¼ Do not drive with the top partially tor lever to the P (Park) position (for the IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR opened. automatic transmission model) or the shift CLOSE ELECTRICALLY lever to the N (Neutral) position (for the ¼ If the top cannot be operated prop- If you cannot operate the soft top with the erly, see a NISSAN dealer as soon as manual transmission model). operating switch, first check whether all the possible to have your vehicle2. Start the engine. following operating conditions are completed: checked.3. Depress the foot brake pedal. ¼ foot brake pedal is depressed4. Press CLOSE on the soft top operating ¼ vehicle is stopped switch and hold it until the top is fully closed. ¼ ignition switch is ON (Run the engine when • The soft top indicator light will illuminate operating the top.) while the top is in motion. (In about 20 If the top still does not move under the above Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 129. CAUTION The storage lid is extremely heavy. Pull- ing it up should be done by two people. SPA1694 SPA16951. Open the trunk lid. In the event of discharged 2. Open the top storage lid battery, you need to open the trunk lid as a. Remove floorboard inside of the trunk. follows: b. Remove the harness connector k of the Da. Open the rear floor box behind the passenger storage lid motor installed on the back right seat. side of the trunk by pulling in a downwardb. Remove the cap k using a suitable tool k . A B direction.c. Pull the string handle (secondary trunk lid c. Pull down the lock release cable (right and release) k until the trunk lid lock is released. C left) k. Ed. Lift up the trunk lid. d. Listen for a clicking sound of the lock releas- ing. e. Pull up the storage lid from the left and right side of vehicle by hand.3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 130. SPA1734 SPA1708 SPA1697 Right side Left side3. Close the soft top. b. A person on each side of the vehicle should 5. Lower the rear section of the top.a. Remove the harness connectors of the top slowly pull the top to the closed position. a. Remove the shock absorber k which sup- K motor, k (right side of the vehicle) and k F H c. Latch the front edge of the top to the vehicle ports the rear section of the top from the (left side). body with the top latch lever. vehicle body. (Both the left and right side 4. Push the storage lid down to the vehicle body must be removed — the figure above shows CAUTION panel and close it. (Listen for locking sounds the left side.) To remove the shock absorber, from both right and left sides of the lid.) remove the holder k on the terminal part L Two harness connectors are installed on using a flat-bladed screwdriver k . M the right side and three on the left side as shown. Only the harness connectors CAUTION k and k should be removed. (Do not F H remove the other harness connectors When the shock absorber is removed, k , k and k .) G I J the rear section of the top loses support Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 131. you need to observe all the warnings and cau- ¼ The inner surface of the trunk and top storage and falls simultaneously. Support the tions shown in the previous pages. Also, to lids may show a fibrous, or marbled pattern. top by hand so it does not strike the maintain a good appearance of the soft top and This is the normal appearance of the material body. the vehicle body, you need to care for them by used in these parts. cleaning and/or washing properly.b. Lower the rear part of the top and push it onto the top storage lid. The top is locked to CAUTION the storage lid, but the bottom of the rear part is not closed tightly. ¼ Do not use an automatic car wash or a high-pressure car wash to clean your vehicle. The top may be dam- CAUTION aged and water may leak into the inside of the vehicle. ¼ After closing the top manually, have the system checked and/or repaired ¼ Store the vehicle with the top closed by a NISSAN dealer as soon as pos- if it is not to be used for long periods. sible. Keeping the top stowed for long pe- riods may cause wrinkles on the sur- ¼ Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for face of the top. long periods or driving at high speeds. The rear of the top is not locked completely, and this may al- See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance low wind and rain to get into your and care” section for detailed instructions. vehicle. ¼ A protective clear tape is applied to the top storage lid painted surface where the soft top contacts the surface. When the top is fullyCARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE closed, the tape may transmit some light,VEHICLE BODY visible from the inside of the vehicle. This does not affect the water and air tightness ofTo use your Roadster safely and comfortably, the seal.3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 132. 4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systemsSafety note .............................................................................. 4-2 Operating tips ............................................................... 4-10Control panel buttons — with navigation system.......... 4-2 Servicing air conditioner .................................................. 4-11 Names of the components ............................................ 4-2 Audio system ....................................................................... 4-11 How to use joystick and “ENTER” button................. 4-3 Radio ............................................................................... 4-11 How to use “PREVIOUS” button................................. 4-3 FM radio reception ...................................................... 4-12 Setting up the start-up screen ..................................... 4-3 AM radio reception ...................................................... 4-12 How to use the “INFO” button..................................... 4-3 Satellite (SAT) radio reception How to use the “SETTING” button............................. 4-5 (if so equipped) ............................................................ 4-12 How to use the “ ” button.................................... 4-7 Audio operation precautions ..................................... 4-12Ventilators ............................................................................... 4-7 FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD) player........ 4-15 Center ................................................................................ 4-7 FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player and Side .................................................................................... 4-7 compact disc (CD) changer ...................................... 4-19Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)............................ 4-8 CD care and cleaning ................................................. 4-26 Automatic operation ....................................................... 4-9 Antenna ........................................................................... 4-26 Manual operation ............................................................ 4-9 Car phone or CB radio .................................................... 4-26 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 133. SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM WARNING ¼ Positioning of the heating or air con- ditioning controls and display con- trols should not be done while driv- ing, in order that full attention may be given to driving operation. ¼ Do not disassemble or modify this system. If you do, it may result in accidents, fire, or electric shock. ¼ Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality, such as a frozen SAA0932 screen or lack of sound. Continued When you use this system, make sure the engine NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS use of the system may result in acci- is running. dent, fire or electric shock. 1. “SETTING” button If you use the system with the engine not ¼ In case you notice any foreign object running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long 2. “INFO” button in the system hardware, spill liquid time, it will use up all the battery power, 3. “ ” brightness control button on it, or notice smoke or smell com- and the engine will not start. 4. “PREVIOUS” button ing from it, stop using the system Reference symbols: immediately and contact a NISSAN 5. JOYSTICK and PUSH ENTER button “PUSH ENTER” button dealer. Ignoring such conditions may For Navigation system control buttons (other lead to accidents, fire, or electric This is a button on the control panel. than above); refer to the separate Navigation shock. “Display” key Owner’s Manual. This is a select key on the screen. By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function.4-2 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 134. HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND SETTING UP THE START-UP“ENTER” BUTTON SCREENChoose an item on the display using the joystick When you turn the ignition key to ACC, theand push the PUSH ENTER button for opera- SYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed ontion. the screen. Read the warning and select the “I AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Francais) key ¸HOW TO USE “PREVIOUS” then push the PUSH ENTER button.BUTTON If you do not push the PUSH ENTER button, thisThis button has two functions. system will not proceed to the next step display.To return to the previous screen: To proceed to the next step, refer to the separate Navigation system Owner’s Manual.When this button is pressed during setup, setupwill be canceled, and the screen will return to the SAA0933previous screen. HOW TO USE THE “INFO” BUTTONTo finish the set-up: When the “INFO” button is pushed, the “MAIN-When this button is pressed after setup is TENANCE INFO.” screen will be displayed.completed, the settings will be renewed asdirected, and the screen will return to the map. Maintenance informationINFO: To set the maintenance interval for the EngineWhen the “PREVIOUS” button must be Oil or Oil Filter, choose an item using the joystickpressed, (for example, after the setup is finished) and push the PUSH ENTER button.instructions are given in the operation procedure You can also set to display a message to remindof each section in this manual. If the “PREVI- you that the maintenance needs to be per-OUS” button is pressed when not finished with formed.the setup, the setting will be canceled, and the The following example shows how to set thescreen will return to the previous screen. engine oil change interval. Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information. Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 135. Maintenance information display cannot be op- erated when the vehicle is moving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information. SAA0802 SAA09681. Reset the driving distance to the new main- Maintenance notification tenance schedule. The “MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION” screen2. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenance (“ENGINE OIL” or “OIL FILTER”) will be auto- schedule. To determine the recommended matically displayed as shown when both of the maintenance interval, refer to your “NISSAN following conditions are met: Service and Maintenance Guide”. ¼ the vehicle is driven the set distance and the3. To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMA- ignition switch is turned OFF. TION automatically when the set trip distance is reached, highlight the “Display Mainte- ¼ the ignition switch is turned ON the next time nance Notification” key with the joystick the vehicle will be driven. and push the PUSH ENTER button. To return to the previous display after the4. To return the display to MAINTENANCE “MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION” screen is INFO., push the “PREVIOUS” button. displayed, push the PREVIOUS button.4-4 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 136. The “MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION” screendisplays each time the ignition switch is turnedON until one of the following conditions are met:¼ “Reset” is selected.¼ “Display Maintenance Notification” is set OFF.¼ the maintenance interval is set again. SAA0934 SAA0935 *: Please refer to the separate Navigation system “Display” settings Owner’s Manual. The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear HOW TO USE THE “SETTING” when pushing the “SETTING” button, selecting BUTTON “Display” key and pushing the PUSH ENTER button. The SETTINGS screen will appear when the “SETTING” button is pushed. Brightness/Contrast/Map Background: To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen, select the “Brightness/Contrast Map Background” key and push the PUSH ENTER button. Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter, the contrast to Lower or Higher using the joystick. For information on Map Background, refer to the Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 137. separate navigation system Owner’s Manual. time setting with the joystick and push the PUSH ENTER button.Display Off:To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and “DisplayOff” key. The indicator of the “Display Off” willturn to amber. When any mode button is pushedwith the screen off, the screen turns on forfurther operation. The screen will turn off auto-matically 5 seconds after the operation is fin-ished on the map display.To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”button and select the “Display” key and “DisplayOff” key, then set the screen to on by pushing SAA0506the PUSH ENTER button. Language/Unit settingsDisplay Duration Settings: The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appear whenWhen the “DISPLAY SETTINGS” adjustments selecting the “Language/Unit” key and pushingare completed, the display automatically returns the PUSH ENTER button.to the map display. You can set the length of Language: “English” or “French”time that the “DISPLAY SETTINGS” screen willbe shown after no additional adjustments are Unit: “US” — Mile, °F, MPGmade. “Metric” — km, °C, L/100 kmTo set the display duration, select the “Display You can select the language and unit using theDuration Settings” key and move the joystick to joystick and PUSH ENTER button.the left (shorter duration) or right (longer dura-tion).To set the display duration, select the current4-6 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 138. VENTILATORSHOW TO USE THE “ ”BUTTONTo change the display brightness, push the“ ” (DAY/NIGHT) button. Pushing the but-ton again will change the display to DAY orNIGHT display. Then, adjust the brightness mov-ing the joystick right or left.If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or ifthe “PREVIOUS” button is pushed, the displaywill return to the previous display. SAA0600 SAA0601 CENTER SIDE Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators. Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators by k A opening, k closing or k rotating as illustrated. B C Moving the lever up or down will open k or A close k the vents. B To change the air flow direction, turn the dial k. C Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 139. HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic) the assistance of others in your ve- hicle. Unattended pets should also not be left alone. ¼ Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. ¼ Positioning of the heater or air con- ditioner controls should not be done while driving, so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. SAA06021. Air flow control dial Start the engine and operate the controls to2. Temperature control dial* WARNING activate the air conditioner. NOTE:* The display of degrees: ¼ The air conditioner cooling function In your vehicle, the air conditioner system is “60-75-90” is used for °F (US). “18-25-32” is used for °C (Canada). operates only when the engine is designed to automatically activate the cooling running. function when operating the air flow control dial,3. Fan control dial the fan control dial or the air intake button. (The ¼ On hot, sunny days, temperatures in4. Rear window defroster button indicator light on the A/C button will illuminate.) a closed vehicle could quickly be- Push the A/C button off when the cooling (Refer to the “2. Instruments and controls” come high enough to cause severe or function is not necessary. section.) possibly fatal injuries to people or5. Air intake button animals. Do not leave children or (Air recirculation and Fresh air) adults who would normally require6. A/C (air conditioner) button4-8 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 140. AUTOMATIC OPERATION 2. Push the A/C button to turn off the air ¼ When the air flow control dial is turned to the conditioner. (The A/C button indicator light or position, the air conditionerCooling and/or dehumidified heating will turn off.) will automatically be turned on at outside(AUTO) 3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the temperatures above 23°F (−5°C) to defog desired temperature. the windshield, and the air recirculation modeThis mode may be normally used all year round will automatically be turned off.as the system automatically works to keep a ¼ The temperature of the passenger compart-constant temperature. Air flow distribution and ment will be maintained automatically. Air Outside air is drawn into the passengerfan speed are also controlled automatically. flow distribution and fan speed are also con- compartment to improve the defogging per- trolled automatically. formance.1. Turn the fan control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position. The air conditioner ¼ Do not set the temperature lower than the MANUAL OPERATION will automatically turn on. (The A/C button outside air temperature. Otherwise the sys- tem may not work properly. Fan speed control indicator light illuminates.) Turn the fan control dial to manually con-2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the ¼ Not recommended if windows fog up. trol the fan speed. desired temperature. Dehumidified defrosting or defogging Turn the dial to the AUTO position to return to¼ Adjust the temperature to about 75°F (24°C) 1. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi- automatic control of the fan speed. for normal operation. tion. Air recirculation/Fresh air¼ The temperature of the passenger compart- 2. Turn the air flow control dial to the DEF ment will be maintained automatically. Air Each time the air intake button is pushed, the position. flow distribution and fan speed are also con- indicator light on the button will alternate trolled automatically. 3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the (Air recirculation) and (Fresh air). desired temperature.Heating (AUTO; A/C off) When the indicator light is on, the interior ¼ To quickly remove ice from the outside of the air is recirculated. (When the air recirculationThe air conditioner does not activate. When you windows, turn the fan control dial to the mode is selected with the A/C indicator off whileneed to heat only, use this mode. maximum position. the fan control dial is in the AUTO position, the air conditioner will turn on.)1. Turn the fan control dial and air flow control ¼ As soon as possible after the windshield is dial to the AUTO position. (The air condi- clean, turn the air flow control dial to the When the indicator light is on, the outside tioner will turn on.) AUTO position to return to the auto mode. air is drawn into the passenger compartment. Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 141. ¼ When the air intake button is pushed for OPERATING TIPS longer than 1.5 seconds, both indicator lights ( and ) will flash twice, and then When the engine coolant temperature and out- the intake air will be controlled automatically. side air temperature are low, the air flow from the During this AUTO mode, the indicator light of foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of the currently selected mode illuminates. 150 seconds. However, this is not a malfunction. After the coolant temperature warms up, the air¼ When the air flow control dial is in the flow from the foot outlets will operate normally. or position, the air recirculation mode does not activate.Air flow controlTurning the air flow control dial selects the airoutlet to: : Air flows from center and side ventila- SAA0603 tors. Sensor k on the instrument panel helps main- A : Air flows from center and side ventila- tain a constant temperature; do not put anything tors and foot outlets. on or around this sensor. : Air flows mainly from foot outlets. : Air flows from defroster and foot out- lets. : Air flows mainly from defroster outlets.To turn the system offTurn the fan control dial to the OFF position.4-10 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 142. SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEMThe air conditioning system in your NISSAN RADIO Remember that a moving vehicle is not the idealvehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed place to listen to a radio. Because of the move-with the environment in mind. This refrigerant Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and press ment, reception conditions will constantlywill not harm the earth’s ozone layer. How- the POWER, FM or AM button to turn on the change. Buildings, terrain, signal distance andever, special charging equipment and lubricant radio. If you listen to the radio with the engine not interference from other vehicles can workare required when servicing your NISSAN air running, the key should be turned to the ACC against ideal reception. Described below areconditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri- position. some of the factors that can affect your radiocants will cause severe damage to your air reception. Radio reception is affected by station signalconditioning system. See “Capacities and rec- strength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical ings, bridges, mountains and other external in-and consumer information” section for air con- fluences. Intermittent changes in reception qual-ditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recom- ity normally are caused by these externalmendations. influences.A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-environmentally friendly air conditioning system. hicle may influence radio reception quality. WARNING Radio reception Your radio system is equipped with state-of-the- The air conditioner system contains re- art electronic circuits to enhance radio recep- frigerant under high pressure. To avoid tion. These circuits are designed to extend re- personal injury, any air conditioner ser- ception range, and to enhance the quality of that vice should be done only by an experi- reception. enced technician with proper equip- However there are some general characteristics ment. of FM, AM and SAT (satellite — if available) radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even when the finest equipment is used. These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area, and do not indicate any malfunction in your radio system. Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 143. a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights. and/or drift. SATELLITE (SAT) RADIO Static and flutter: During signal interference from RECEPTION (if so equipped) buildings, large hills or due to antenna position, usually in conjunction with increased distance When the satellite radio is first installed or the from the station transmitter, static or flutter can battery has been replaced, the satellite radio be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the may not work properly. This is not a malfunction. treble control counterclockwise to reduce treble Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite response. radio ON for the satellite radio to receive all of Multipath reception: Because of the reflective the necessary data. characteristics of FM signals, direct and re- No satellite radio reception is available and “NO flected signals reach the receiver at the same SAT” is displayed when the SAT band option is time. The signals may cancel each other, result- selected unless optional satellite receiver and SAA0306 ing in momentary flutter or loss of sound. antenna are installed (retrofit unavailable without AM RADIO RECEPTION factory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XM® orFM RADIO RECEPTION SIRIUSTM satellite radio service subscription isRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 AM signals, because of their low frequency, can active.miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single bend around objects and skip along the ground. Satellite radio performance may be affected ifchannel) FM having slightly more range than In addition, the signals can be bounced off the cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellitestereo FM. External influences may sometimes ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of radio signal.interfere with FM station reception even if the FM these characteristics. AM signals are also sub- ject to interference as they travel from transmitter If possible, do not put cargo over the satellitestation is within 25 miles (40 km). The strength to receiver. antenna.of the FM signal is directly related to the distancebetween the transmitter and receiver. FM signals Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSfollow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the through freeway underpasses or in areas withsame characteristics as light. For example they many tall buildings. It can also occur for several Cassette playerwill reflect off objects. seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in ¼ To maintain good quality sound, areas where no obstacles exist.Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from NISSAN recommends using cassette Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length.4-12 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 144. ¼ Cassette tapes should be removed from player may malfunction due to the hu- the player when not in use. Store cas- midity. If this occurs, remove the CD and settes in their protective cases and dehumidify or ventilate the player com- away from direct sunlight, heat, dust, pletely. moisture and magnetic sources. ¼ The player may skip while driving on¼ Direct sunlight can cause the cassette to rough roads. become deformed. The use of deformed ¼ The CD player sometimes cannot func- cassettes may cause the cassette to jam tion when the passenger compartment in the player. temperature is extremely high. De- crease the temperature before use.¼ Do not use cassettes with labels which are peeling and loose. If used, the label could jam in the player.¼ If a cassette has loose tape, insert a pencil through one of the cassette hubs and rewind the tape firmly around the hubs. Loose tape may cause tape jam- ming and wavering sound quality.¼ Over a period of time, the playback head, capstan and pinch roller may col- lect a tape coating residue as the tape is played. This residue accumulation can cause weak or wavering sound, and SAA0480 should be removed periodically with a ¼ Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm) head cleaning tape. If the residue is not round discs that have the “COMPACT removed periodically, the player may disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or need to be disassembled for cleaning. packaging.Compact Disc (CD) player ¼ Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.¼ During cold weather or rainy days, the Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 145. ¼ CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that have pin holes may not work prop- erly.¼ The following CDs may not work prop- erly: ¼ Copy control compact discs (CCCD) ¼ Recordable compact discs (CD-R) ¼ Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)¼ Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction. ¼ 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter ¼ CDs that are not round ¼ CDs with a paper label ¼ CDs that are warped, scratched, or have abnormal edges4-14 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 146. FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC (CD) PLAYER 1. CD EJECT button 2. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACK CHANGE button 3. DISP (Display) CHANGE (Clock, CD play time) button 4. SCAN tuning button 5. CD play button 6. FM band select button 7. AM band select button 8. MIX play button 9. RPT (Repeat) play button 10. RADIO TUNE/FF⋅REW/AUDIO (Bass, treble, fader, balance) ADJUSTING button 11. ON⋅OFF/VOL (Volume) control knob 12. Audio/Clock display 13. Station select button 14. AUDIO (Bass, treble, fader, balance) buttonSAA0605 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 147. Audio main operation and Balance adjusts the sound between the the power knob is turned to ON. right and left speakers.ON⋅OFF/Volume control: If a compact disc is playing when the FM or AM After 10 seconds, the radio or CD display band select button is turned to ON, the compactTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then reappears. Once the sound quality is set to the disc will automatically be turned off and the lastpush the ON⋅OFF/VOL (Volume) control knob desired level, press the AUDIO button repeat- radio station played will come on.while the system is off to call up the mode (radio edly until the radio or CD display appears.or CD) which was playing immediately before The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FMthe system was turned off. When no CD is DISP DISPLAY CHANGE: stereo reception. When the stereo broadcastloaded, the radio will come on. While the system signal is weak, the radio will automatically Push the DISP button for more than 1.5 secondsis on, pushing the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob change from stereo to monaural reception. to adjust the digital clock display. See “Clock” inturns the system off. the “2. Instruments and controls” section for the TUNE (Tuning):Turn the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob to adjust clock adjustment operation.the volume. When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is beingAUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE, FADER, played, the display will show the CD play time. WARNINGBALANCE):Press the AUDIO button to change the selecting FM-AM radio operation The radio should not be tuned whilemode as follows. FM/AM band select: driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.BASS → TREBLE → FADER → BALANCE Pushing the FM band select button will changeTo adjust Bass, Treble, Fader and Balance, the band as follows: Use the TUNE button or for manualpress the AUDIO button until the desired mode FM1 → FM2 → FM1 tuning. To move quickly through the channels,(BASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE) ap- To select the AM band, push the AM band select hold either side of the TUNE button down forpears in the display. Press the TUNE button. more than 0.5 seconds.( , ) or SEEK ( , ) buttonto adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level. When FM or AM band select button is pushed SEEK tuning:Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjust while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON, the Push the SEEK button or to tuneFader or Balance modes. Fader adjusts the radio will come on at the station last played. from high to low or low to high frequencies andsound level between the front and rear speakers The last station played will also come on when stops at the next broadcasting station.4-16 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 148. SCAN tuning: erased. In that case, reset the desired sta- the system off and the compact disc loaded, the tions. system will turn on and the compact disc willPush the SCAN tuning button to tune from low start to play.to high frequencies and stops at each broad- Compact disc (CD) player operationcasting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the but- When the CD button is pushed with the com-ton again during this 5 second period will stop Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position pact disc loaded but the radio playing, the radioSCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to and insert the compact disc into the slot with the will automatically be turned off and the compactthat station. label side facing up. The compact disc will be disc will start to play. guided automatically into the slot and start play-If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 ing. DISP CD PLAY TIME:seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next sta- After loading the disc, the number of tracks on Push the DISP button for less than 1.5 secondstion. the disc will appear on the display. while the compact disc is being played to showStation memory operations: If the radio is already operating, it will automati- the play time on the display.Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (six cally turn off and the compact disc will play. FF (Fast Forward), REWfor FM1, six for FM2) and six stations can be set (Rewind):for the AM band. CAUTION When the (fast forward) or (rewind)1. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK, button is pushed while the compact disc is SCAN or TUNE button. Do not force the compact disc into the being played, the compact disc will play while slot. This could damage the player. fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button is2. Select the desired station and keep pushing released, the compact disc will return to normal any of the desired station select buttons (1 to play speed. 6) until a beep sound is heard. (The radio If the system has been turned off while the mutes when the select button is pushed.) compact disc was playing, pushing the APS (Automatic Program ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob will start the com- Search) FF, APS REW/3. The channel indicator will then come on and pact disc. TRACK CHANGE: the sound will resume. Memorizing is now complete. 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used When the (APS FF) button is pushed without an adapter. while the compact disc is being played, the4. Other buttons can be set in the same manner. program next to the present one will start to play CD PLAY:If the battery cable is disconnected, or if from its beginning. Push several times to skipthe fuse blows, the radio memory will be When the CD (CD play) button is pushed with through programs. The compact disc will ad- Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 149. vance the number of times the button is pushed. can be changed as follows:(When the last program on the compact disc isskipped through, the first program will beplayed.) When the (APS REW) button ispushed, the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip back The display shows the following symbol; (nothrough programs. The compact disc will go mark): 1 CD RPT (Repeat)back the number of times the button is pushed. 1: 1 TR (Track) RPT SCAN tuning: CD EJECT:When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thethe CD is being played, the beginning of all the compact disc loaded, the compact disc will betracks of CD will be played for 10 seconds in ejected.sequence. When this button is pushed while the compactPushing the button again during this 10 second disc is being played, the compact disc will comeperiod will stop SCAN tuning. If the SCAN out and the system will turn off.tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds, If the compact disc comes out and is notSCAN tuning moves to the next CD program. removed, it will be pulled back into the slot MIX MIX play: to protect it. (except for 3.1 in [8 cm] diam- eter compact discs)When the MIX button is pushed while the com-pact disc is being played, programs will be CD IN indicator:played at random, not following the sequence on CD IN indicator appears on the display when thethe compact disc. The same program may be CD is loaded.repeated twice. Push the MIX button again toreturn to the normal play mode. REPEAT (RPT) play:When the RPT button is pushed while thecompact disc is being played, the play pattern4-18 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 150. FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER 1. CD LOAD button 2. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACK CHANGE button 3. DISP (Display) CHANGE (SAT radio* and CD play time) button 4. SCAN tuning button 5. CD PLAY button 6. TAPE PLAY button 7. RADIO (FM/AM/SAT*) band select button 8. PTY (Program type), CAT (Category)* select button 9. CLOCK adjusting/RPT (Repeat) play button 10. RADIO TUNE/FF⋅REW/AUDIO (Bass, treble, fader, balance, NR (Dolby) and Au- dio Pilot) ADJUSTING button 11. CD EJECT button 12. ON⋅OFF/VOL (Volume) control knob 13. Audio/Clock display 14. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT*)/CD in- sert or CD play select button 15. TAPE EJECT button 16. AUDIO (Bass, treble, fader, balance, NR (Dolby) and Audio Pilot) button * No satellite radio reception is available and “NO SAT” is displayed when the SAT bandSAA0787 option is selected unless optional satellite Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 151. receiver and antenna are installed (retrofit Turn the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob to adjust edly until the radio, cassette tape or CD display unavailable without factory satellite radio pre- the volume. reappears. Otherwise, the radio, cassette tape wiring), and an XM® or SIRIUSTM satellite or CD display will automatically reappear after radio service subscription is active. AUDIO button: about 10 seconds. Press the AUDIO button to change the selectingAudio main operation Dolby NR (Noise reduction): mode as follows.Head unit: Dolby noise reduction is manufactured under BASS → TREBLE → FADER → BALANCE → license from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Cor-The tape deck employs a permalloy head which NR (Dolby; when cassette is playing) → AU- poration. Dolby NR and the double-D symbolallows for improved reproduction of high fre- DIOP (Audio Pilot)quency ranges. Noise is also greatly reduced by are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Li-the use of the Dolby NR (Noise Reduction) To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader and Balance, censing Corporation.system. The auto loudness circuit enhances the press the AUDIO button until the desired mode Metal or chrome tape usage:low frequency range automatically in both radio (BASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE) ap-reception and tape and CD playback. pears in the display. Press the TUNE The cassette player will be automatically set to ( , ) or SEEK ( , ) button high performance play when playing a metal orThis audio system has an active noise compen- to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level. chrome cassette tape.sation feature called “Audio Pilot”. The Audio Use the TUNE or SEEK button also to adjustPilot uses a microphone to detect external road CLOCK adjusting: Fader or Balance modes. Fader adjusts thenoise and automatically adjusts the amplifier to sound level between the front and rear speakers Push the RPT button for more than 1.5 secondscompensate for any competing high, midrange, and Balance adjusts the sound between the to adjust the digital clock display.or low frequency noise. right and left speakers. When the clock adjusting display is selected, theON⋅OFF/Volume control: To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF or ON, time (hour or minute) will start flashing. SeeTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then press the TUNE or SEEK button while cassette “Clock” in the “2. Instruments and controls”push the ON⋅OFF/VOL (Volume) control knob tape is playing. When Dolby is ON, the display section for the detailed clock adjustment opera-while the system is off to call up the mode (radio, indicates the mark. tion.tape or CD) which was playing immediately To change the AUDIOP (Audio Pilot) mode to DISP DISPLAY CHANGE:before the system was turned off. When no CD OFF or ON, press the TUNE or SEEK button.or tape is loaded, the radio will come on. While This button will work during satellite radio (if sothe system is on, pushing the ON⋅OFF/VOL Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the equipped) and CD operation. Find the detailedcontrol knob turns the system off. desired level, press the AUDIO button repeat- function in the description of each item.4-20 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 152. FM-AM-SAT radio operation The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM SCAN tuning: stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast RADIO (FM/AM/SAT) band select: signal is weak, the radio will automatically Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low change from stereo to monaural reception. to high frequencies and stops at each broad-Pushing the RADIO (FM/AM/SAT) band select casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the but-button will change the band as follows: TUNE (Tuning): ton again during this 5 second period will stop(Without satellite radio) SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station.AM → FM1 → FM2 → AM WARNING(With satellite radio) If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next sta-AM → FM1 → FM2 → SAT1 → SAT2 → AM The radio should not be tuned while tion. driving so full attention may be given toSatellite radio reception capability is not func- vehicle operation. DISP SAT radio display change:tional, and “NO SAT” will be displayed duringscrolling of modes, unless optional satellite re- ¼ Pushing the DISP button will display addi-ceiver and antenna were factory installed or Use the TUNE button or for manual tional information (for example: Title, Artistdealer installed prior to purchase, and an XM or tuning. To move quickly through the channels, name) about the satellite radio broadcast.SIRIUSTM satellite radio service subscription is hold either side of the TUNE button down for ¼ Pushing the DISP button for more than 1.5active. more than 0.5 seconds. seconds will change the display mode asWhen RADIO band select button is pushed SEEK tuning: follows:while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON, the (For FM and AM radio) Channel number → Channel name → Artistradio will come on at the station last played. name → Song title → Channel number Push the SEEK button or to tuneThe last station/channel played will also come on from high to low or low to high frequencies and Station memory operations:when the ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob is pushed stops at the next broadcasting station.to ON. Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FM (For satellite radio) band (six for FM1, six for FM2) and the SAT radioIf a compact disc or tape is playing when the (six for SAT1, six for SAT2), and six stations canRADIO band select button is turned to ON, the Push the SEEK button or to seek be set for the AM band.compact disc or tape will automatically be channels of the next or previous category.turned off and the last radio station/channel 1. Tune to the desired station/channel using theplayed will come on. SEEK, SCAN or TUNE button. Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 153. 2. Select the desired station/channel and keep ¼ Traffic reports about delays or construction. achieved by pressing the preset buttons. pushing any of the desired station/channel If the station broadcasts RDS information, the Initial PTY (CAT) names are stored in the and preset buttons (1 to 6) until a beep RDS icon is displayed. preset buttons, but these can be changed by sound is heard. (The radio mutes when the pressing the preset buttons for more than 1.5 station and preset button is pushed.) Program type (PTY)/Category seconds when the desired PTY (CAT) name (CAT) select:3. The channel indicator will then come on and is in the display. the sound will resume. Memorizing is now When PTY button is pressed during FM mode, complete. the PTY (CAT) name of the current tuned station is displayed. When the PTY (CAT) button is4. Other buttons can be set in the same manner. pressed during satellite radio mode (if soIf the battery cable is disconnected, or if equipped), the category name of the currentthe fuse blows, the radio memory will be channel is displayed. During this time if the PTYerased. In that case, reset the desired sta- data code is zero, or the data is unreadable, thetions. display will show NONE.Radio data system (RDS) 1. PTY (CAT) selection mode PTY (CAT) name selection can be done byRDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a the up/down TUNE button or indata information service transmitted by some the PTY (CAT) selection mode.radio stations on the FM band (not AM band)and/or SAT encoded within a regular radio It is possible to shift the PTY (CAT) name bybroadcast. Currently, most RDS stations are in one step, with one push of the up/downlarge cities, but many stations are now consid- TUNE button or .ering broadcasting RDS data. After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, push theRDS can display: SEEK button or SCAN button within 10 2. PTY (CAT) SEEK tuning mode seconds. Tuning to the PTY (CAT) station will¼ Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”. After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, push the start. If you do not push the TUNE button SEEK button or within 10 sec-¼ Station name, such as “The Groove”. within the 10 second period, the PTY (CAT) onds. Tuning to the PTY (CAT) station will mode will be cancelled.¼ Music or programming type such as “Classi- start. If you do not push the SEEK button cal”, “Country”, or “Rock”. PTY (CAT) name selection can also be within the 10 second period, the PTY (CAT)4-22 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 154. mode will be cancelled. tape still in the player, the tape will resume while the tape is being played, the next program playing when the system is turned back on. will start to play from the beginning. Push the3. PTY (CAT) SCAN tuning mode (APS FF) button several times to skip PLAY: through programs. The tape will advance the Push the SCAN tuning button to tune the PTY (CAT) name station, and stop at each ¼ When the TAPE button is pushed with the number of times the button is pushed (up to nine broadcasting station for 5 seconds. Pushing system turned off and a tape loaded, the programs). the button again during this 5 second period system will come on and the tape will play. When the (APS REW) button is pushed will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will once, the program being played starts over from ¼ When the TAPE button is pushed with either remain tuned to that station. If the SCAN the radio or compact disc turned on and the the beginning. Push the (APS REW) but- tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds, tape loaded, the compact disc or the radio ton several times to skip back several selections. SCAN tuning moves to the next station. will automatically be turned off and the tape The tape will go back the number of times the will play. button is pushed. Either the FF or REW symbolCassette tape player operation flashes on the display window while searching ¼ When the TAPE button is pushed with the for the selection.Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then TAPE playing, the tape will play the programgently insert the cassette tape into the tape recorded on the reverse side. This system searches for the blank intervalsdoor. The cassette tape will be automatically between selections. If there is a blank intervalpulled into the player. FF (Fast Forward), REW within one program or there is no interval be- (Rewind): tween programs, the system may not stop in theThe radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) and the desired or expected location.cassette tape will begin to play. Push the (fast forward) button to fast forward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the SCAN tuning: (rewind) button. Either the FF or REW CAUTION symbol illuminates on the display window. To Push the SCAN tuning button while playing stop the FF or REW function, press the tape, and it stops at the next tape program for 5 Do not force the cassette tape into the (fast forward) or (rewind) again, or seconds. Pushing the button again during this 5 the TAPE button. second period will stop SCAN tuning and the tape door. This could damage the tape program is continued. If the SCAN tuning player. APS (Automatic button is not pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN Program Search) FF, tuning moves to the next tape program. APS REW:If the system is turned off by pushing theON⋅OFF/VOL control knob with the cassette When the (APS FF) button is pushed Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 155. TAPE EJECT: ON⋅OFF/VOL control knob will start the com- FF (Fast Forward), REW pact disc. (Rewind):When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected. CD LOAD: When the (fast forward) or (rewind)When the tape is ejected while it is being played, button is pushed while the compact disc is To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the being played, the compact disc will play whilethe system will be turned off. LOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select fast forwarding or rewinding. When the button isCompact disc (CD) changer the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select released, the compact disc will return to normal button (1 to 6), then insert the CD. play speed.operation To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succes- APS (Automatic ProgramTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position, sion, push the LOAD button for more than 1.5 Search) FF, APS REW:push the LOAD button and insert the compact seconds. When the (APS FF) button is pusheddisc into the slot with the label side facing up.The compact disc will be guided automatically The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the while the compact disc is being played, theinto the slot and start playing. display. program next to the present one will start to playAfter loading the disc, the number of tracks on from its beginning. Push several times to skip CD PLAY: through programs. The compact disc will ad-the disc will appear on the display. vance the number of times the button is pushed.If the radio or tape is already operating, it will When the (CD play) button is pushed with (When the last program on the compact disc isautomatically turn off and the compact disc will the system off and the compact disc loaded, the skipped through, the first program will beplay. system will turn on and the compact disc will played.) When the (APS REW) button is start to play. pushed, the program being played returns to its CAUTION When the button is pushed with the com- beginning. Push several times to skip back pact disc loaded but the tape or the radio through programs. The compact disc will go playing, the tape or radio will automatically be back the number of times the button is pushed. ¼ Do not force the compact disc into the slot. This could damage the turned off and the compact disc will start to play. CD PLAY select button: player. DISP CD PLAY TIME: To change CD, push the CD play select button ¼ Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs. (1 to 6). Push the DISP button for less than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is being played to show SCAN tuning:If the system has been turned off while the the play time on the display.compact disc was playing, pushing the When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for4-24 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 156. less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being CD EJECT: dio condition.)played, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD IN indicator:be played for 10 seconds in sequence. compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be CD IN indicator (inserted slot number 1 - 6)When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for ejected. appears on the display when the CD is loaded.more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being To eject the discs selected by the CD selectplayed, the first program in all the CDs will be button, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5played for 10 seconds. seconds.Pushing the button again during this 10 second To eject all the discs in succession, push theperiod will stop SCAN tuning. EJECT button for more than 1.5 seconds.If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within When this button is pushed while the compact10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next disc is being played, the compact disc will comedisc program. out and the system will turn off. REPEAT (RPT): If the compact disc comes out and is notWhen the RPT play button is pushed while the removed, it will be pulled back into the slotcompact disc is played, the play pattern can be to protect it.changed as follows: If either of the following messages appear on the display, push the EJECT button: ¼ PUSH EJECT — Eject the disc, and insert itThe display shows the following symbols. again. (no mark): ALL CD RPT (Repeat) ¼ CHECK DISC — Eject the disc, and check whether it is damaged or 1DISC: 1 CD RPT inserted upside-down. 1: 1 TR (Track) RPT ¼ CD ERR F * — Eject the disc, and check whether it is a proper audio MIX: ALL CD MIX CD. (* shows a different 1DISC MIX: 1 CD MIX number according to the au- Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 157. CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN vehicle, be sure to observe the following cautions, otherwise the new equip- ment may adversely affect the Engine Control system and other electronic parts. WARNING ¼ A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving. SAA0451 SAA0606 ¼ If you must make a call while yourCD CARE AND CLEANING ANTENNA vehicle is in motion, the hands free The antenna is located at the rear of the vehicle. cellular phone operational mode (if¼ Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the To remove the antenna, turn it counterclockwise. so equipped) is highly recommended. surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc. To reinstall it, screw it securely into the base. Exercise extreme caution at all times¼ Always place the discs in the storage case so full attention may be given to when they are not being used.¼ To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the CAUTION vehicle operation. center to the outer edge using a clean, soft ¼ If a conversation in a moving vehicle cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular Be sure to remove the antenna before requires you to take notes, pull off motion. entering a low-roof garage or an auto- the road to a safe location and stop Do not use a conventional record cleaner or matic car wash. Otherwise the antenna your vehicle before doing so. alcohol intended for industrial use. may be damaged.¼ A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges. Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.4-26 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 158. CAUTION¼ Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules.¼ Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic con- trol system harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness.¼ Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manu- facturer.¼ Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.¼ For details, consult a NISSAN dealer. Heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-27 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 159. MEMO4-28 Heater, air conditioner and audio systems ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 160. 5 Starting and drivingPrecautions when starting and driving ............................ 5-2 Break-in schedule .............................................................. 5-17 Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ................................. 5-2 Increasing fuel economy .................................................. 5-17 Three way catalyst .......................................................... 5-3 Parking/parking on hills .................................................... 5-18 Low tire pressure warning system ............................. 5-3 Power steering .................................................................... 5-19 Avoiding collision and rollover ..................................... 5-5 Brake system ....................................................................... 5-20 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ............................ 5-5 Braking precautions ..................................................... 5-20Ignition switch ....................................................................... 5-6 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .................................. 5-20 Automatic transmission ................................................. 5-6 Traction control system (TCS) (if so equipped) ........ 5-22 Manual transmission ....................................................... 5-7 Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system Key positions ................................................................... 5-7 (if so equipped) .................................................................. 5-22 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) .......... 5-7 Cold weather driving ......................................................... 5-24Before starting the engine ................................................. 5-8 Freeing a frozen door lock ......................................... 5-24Starting the engine ............................................................... 5-8 Anti-freeze ...................................................................... 5-24Driving the vehicle ................................................................ 5-9 Automatic transmission ................................................. 5-9 Battery ............................................................................. 5-24 Manual transmission .................................................... 5-12 Draining of coolant water ........................................... 5-24Parking brake ...................................................................... 5-14 Tire equipment .............................................................. 5-24Cruise control (if so equipped) ...................................... 5-15 Special winter equipment .......................................... 5-25 Precautions on cruise control ................................... 5-15 Driving on snow or ice ................................................ 5-25 Cruise control operations ........................................... 5-16 Engine block heater (if so equipped) ..................... 5-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 161. PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING WARNING prevent children’s access to car keys. senger compartment. If you must (Roadster models) drive with the rear hatch/trunk lid ¼ Do not leave children or adults who open, follow these precautions: would normally require the support EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide) 1. Open all the windows. of others alone in your vehicle. Pets 2. Set the air recirculation mode OFF should not be left alone either. They could accidentally injure themselves WARNING and the fan control at the maxi- mum position to circulate the air. or others through inadvertent opera- tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot, Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con- ¼ If electrical wiring or other cable con- sunny days, temperatures in a closed tain colorless and odorless carbon mon- nections must pass to a trailer vehicle could quickly become high oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. through the seal on the rear enough to cause severe or possibly It can cause unconsciousness or death. hatch/trunk lid or the body, follow fatal injuries to people or animals. ¼ If you suspect that exhaust fumes are the manufacturer’s recommendation ¼ Properly secure all cargo to help pre- entering the vehicle, drive with all to prevent carbon monoxide entry vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not windows fully open, and have the into the vehicle. place cargo higher than the seat- vehicle inspected immediately. ¼ If a special body, camper, or other backs. In a sudden stop or collision, ¼ Do not run the engine in closed equipment is added for recreational unsecured cargo could cause per- spaces such as a garage. or other usage, follow the manufac- sonal injury. (Coupe models) turer’s recommendation to prevent ¼ Do not park the vehicle with the en- carbon monoxide entry into the ve- ¼ Closely supervise children when they gine running for any extended length hicle. Some recreational vehicle ap- are around cars to prevent them from of time. pliances such as stoves, refrigera- playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously ¼ Keep the rear hatch/trunk lid closed tors, heaters, etc. may also generate injured. Keep the car locked with the while driving, otherwise exhaust carbon monoxide. trunk closed when not in use, and gases could be drawn into the pas-5-2 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 162. ¼ The exhaust system and body should mals or flammable materials away ¼ Avoid driving with an extremely low be inspected by a qualified mechanic from the exhaust system compo- fuel level. Running out of fuel could whenever: nents. cause the engine to misfire, damag- ing the three-way catalyst. • The vehicle is raised for service. ¼ Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry ¼ Do not race the engine while warm- • You suspect that exhaust fumes ing it up. grass, waste paper or rags. They may are entering into the passenger ignite and cause a fire. ¼ Do not push or tow your vehicle to compartment. start the engine. • You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system. CAUTION LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING • You have had an accident involv- SYSTEM ing damage to the exhaust system, ¼ Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits underbody, or rear of the vehicle. from leaded gasoline will seriously This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres- reduce the three-way catalyst’s abil- sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of ity to help reduce exhaust pollutants. all tires except the spare. When the low tireTHREE WAY CATALYST ¼ Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc- pressure warning light is lit, one or more of your tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or tires is significantly under-inflated. The systemThe three way catalyst is an emission control electrical systems can cause overrich also displays pressure of all tires (except thedevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, spare tire) on the trip computer by sending agases in the converter are burned at high tem- causing it to overheat. Do not keep signal from a sensor that is installed in eachperatures to help reduce pollutants. wheel. driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or The low tire pressure warning system will acti- WARNING other unusual operating conditions vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds are detected. Have the vehicle in- above 20 MPH (32 km/h). This system may not ¼ The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys- detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for ex- spected promptly by a NISSAN tem are very hot. Keep people, ani- ample, a flat tire by catching something while dealer. driving). Starting and driving 5-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 163. Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the lower than 28 psi (except for the above)heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the the “6. In case of emergency” section For additional information regarding the above for changing a flat tire.)outside temperature. Low outside temperature warning, see “Trip computer” andcan lower the temperature of the air inside the “Warning/indicator lights and audible remind- ¼ When a spare tire is mounted or atire which can cause a lower tire inflation pres- ers” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section. wheel is replaced, tire pressure willsure. This may cause the low tire pressure not be indicated and the low tirewarning light to illuminate. WARNING pressure warning system will notIf the warning light illuminates in low ambient function. Contact a NISSAN dealer astemperatures as described above, check the tire soon as possible for tire replacement ¼ If the low tire pressure warning lightpressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure and/or system resetting. in the meter panel comes on and/orto the recommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the PSI indicator on the trip computer ¼ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosolthe low tire pressure warning light OFF. flashes while driving, avoid sudden tire sealant into the tires, as this may steering maneuvers or abrupt brak- cause a malfunction of the tire pres-Frequently check the tire pressure indicator on ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the sure sensors.the trip computer and adjust pressure of each road to a safe location and stop thetire properly. See “Trip computer” in the “2. vehicle as soon as possible. SeriousInstruments and controls” section for the tirepressure indicator. vehicle damage could occur and may CAUTION lead to an accident and could resultLow tire pressure warning in serious personal injury. Check the Do not place metalized film or any metalIf the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres- tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.sure*, the low tire pressure warning light comes the tire pressure to the recom- This may cause poor reception of theon, and the chime sounds for about 10 seconds. mended COLD tire pressure shown signals from the tire pressure sensors,On the trip computer, the PSI indicator starts on the Tire and Loading Informationflashing and the current display switches to the and the low tire pressure warning sys- label to turn the low tire pressuretire pressure indicator. tem will not function properly. warning light OFF. If you have a flat*: lower than 26 psi (for 225/50R17 and tire, replace it with a spare tire as FCC Notice: 235/50R17 tires on soon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in Roadster model) Changes or modifications not expressly5-4 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 164. approved by the manufacturer compliance objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,could void the user’s authority to operate particularly if the loss of control causes the hood of being involved in an accidentthe equipment. vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all injuring yourself and others. Addition- times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive ally, if you are injured in an accident,This device complies with Part 15 of the when under the influence of alcohol or drugs alcohol can increase the severity of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry (including prescription or over-the-counter injury.Canada. drugs which may cause drowsiness). AlwaysOperation is subject to the following two wear your seat belt as outlined in the “1. Safetyconditions: (1) This device may not cause — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint NISSAN is committed to safe driving. You mustharmful interference, and (2) this device system” section and also instruct your passen- not drive under the influence of alcohol. Everymust accept any interference received, in- year thousands of people are injured or killed in gers to do so.cluding interference that may cause undes- alcohol related accidents. Although the localired operation of the device. Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in laws vary on what is considered to be legally collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects allAVOIDING COLLISION AND unbelted or improperly belted person is people differently and most people underesti-ROLLOVER significantly more likely to be injured or mate the effects of alcohol. killed than a person properly wearing a Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And seat belt. WARNING that is true for drugs, too (over the counter, DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe DRIVING alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident. WARNINGBe alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey Never drive under the influence of alco-all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma- hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamneuvers, because these driving practices could reduces coordination, delays reactioncause you to lose control of your vehicle. As time and impairs judgement. Driving af-with any vehicle, a loss of control could ter drinking alcohol increases the likeli-result in a collision with other vehicles or Starting and driving 5-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 165. IGNITION SWITCH 1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park) WARNING position. 2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ON direc- Never remove or turn the key to the tion. LOCK position while driving. The steer- 3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position. ing wheel will lock. This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and 4. Remove the key. could result in serious vehicle damage If the key is removed from the ignition switch, the or personal injury. selector lever cannot be moved from P (Park) position. The selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed. There is an OFF position in between LOCK and SSD0083 ACC, although it does not show on the lock AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF the steering wheel is not locked. On automatic transmission models, the ignition In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it lock is designed so that the key cannot be must be turned about 1/6 of a turn counterclock- turned to LOCK and removed until the selector wise from the straight up position. lever is moved to the P (Park) position. To lock the steering wheel, turn the key to When removing the key from the ignition, make the LOCK position. Remove the key. To sure the selector lever is in the P (Park) position. unlock the steering wheel, insert the key If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park) and turn it gently while rotating the steer- position, the key cannot be moved toward ing wheel slightly right and left. LOCK. When the key cannot be turned toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows to remove the key:5-6 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 166. the LOCK position. Remove the key. To START (4) unlock the steering wheel, insert the key This position activates the starter motor, starting and turn it gently while rotating the steer- the engine. ing wheel slightly right and left. KEY POSITIONS NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (NVIS) The switch includes an anti-theft steering lock device. The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) will not allow the engine to start without the use LOCK (Normal parking position) (0) of the registered NVIS key. The ignition key can only be removed when the If the engine fails to start using the registered switch is in this position. NVIS key, it may be due to interference caused OFF (1) by another NVIS key, an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key SSD0082C The engine can be turned off without locking the ring. Restart the engine using the following steering wheel. procedures:MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so that the key 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionThe switch includes an anti-theft steering lock cannot be turned to LOCK and removed until the for approximately 5 seconds.device. selector lever is moved to the P (Park) position. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKThe ignition key can only be removed when the ACC (Accessories) (2) position and wait approximately 10 seconds.switch is in the LOCK position. This position activates electrical accessories 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.On manual transmission models, to turn the such as the radio when the engine is not running.ignition key to LOCK from ACC or ON, first turn 4. Restart the engine while holding the devicethe key to OFF and turn the key to LOCK while ON (Normal operating position) (3) (which may have caused the interference)pushing the key in. This position turns on the ignition system and the separate from the registered NVIS key.In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it electrical accessories. If this procedure allows the engine to start,must be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwise NISSAN recommends placing the registeredfrom the straight up position. NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid inter-To lock the steering wheel, turn the key to ference from other devices. Starting and driving 5-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 167. BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE¼ Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake. way to the floor and hold it. Crank the engine clear. for 5 to 6 seconds. After cranking the engine, 2. Automatic transmission: release the accelerator pedal. Crank the en-¼ Maintenance items should be checked peri- Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N gine with your foot off the accelerator odically, for example, each time you check (Neutral). (P preferred.) pedal by turning the ignition key to START. engine oil. Release the key when the engine starts. If the¼ Check that all windows and lights are clean. The starter is designed not to operate if the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the selector lever is in one of the driving posi- above procedure.¼ Visually inspect tires for their appearance and tions. condition. Also check tires for proper infla- tion. Manual transmission: CAUTION¼ Lock all doors. Move the shift lever to N (Neutral) position, and depress the clutch pedal to the floor Do not operate the starter for more than¼ Position seat and adjust head restraints. 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does while cranking the engine.¼ Adjust inside and outside mirrors. not start, turn the key off and wait 10 The starter is designed not to operate unless seconds before cranking again, other-¼ Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to the clutch pedal is fully depressed. wise the starter could be damaged. do likewise. 3. Crank the engine with your foot off the¼ Check the operation of warning lights when accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key is turned to the ON (3) position. See 4. Warm-up key to START. Release the key when the “Warning/indicator lights and audible re- engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 minders” in the “2. Instruments and controls” run, repeat the above procedure. seconds after starting. Do not race the en- section. gine while warming it up. Drive at moderate ¼ If the engine is very hard to start in extremely speed for a short distance first, especially in cold weather or when restarting, depress the cold weather. accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it then crank the engine. In cold weather, keep the engine running for Release the key and the accelerator pedal a minimum of 2 to 3 minutes before shutting when the engine starts. it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle ¼ If the engine is very hard to start because it is more difficult to start. flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the5-8 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 168. DRIVING THE VEHICLEAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION key is removed from the ignition switch. Never shift to P (Park) or D (Drive)5-speed automatic transmission 1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and while vehicle is moving backward. push the selector lever button to shift into a These could cause an accident.The automatic transmission in your vehicle is driving gear.electronically controlled by a transmission con-trol module to produce maximum power and 2. Release the parking brake and foot brake, then gradually start the vehicle in motion.smooth operation. CAUTIONShown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this transmis- WARNING When stopping the vehicle on an uphillsion. Follow these procedures for maximum ve- grade, do not hold the vehicle by de-hicle performance and driving enjoyment. ¼ Do not depress the accelerator pedal pressing the accelerator pedal. The foot while shifting from P (Park) or N brake should be used for this purpose.Starting the vehicle (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) orAfter starting the engine, fully depress the foot manual shift mode. Always depressbrake pedal and push the selector lever button the brake pedal until shifting is com-before shifting the selector lever to the R (Re- pleted. Failure to do so could causeverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift you to lose control and have an acci-mode position. Be sure the vehicle is fully dent.stopped before attempting to shift the selectorlever. ¼ Cold engine idle speed is high, so useThis automatic transmission model is de- caution when shifting into a forwardsigned so that the foot brake pedal must or reverse gear before the engine hasbe depressed before shifting from P (Park) warmed up.to any drive position while the ignitionswitch is ON. ¼ On slippery roads, do not downshift. This may cause a loss of control.The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of the other ¼ Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)gear positions if the ignition key is turned while the vehicle is moving forward.to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the Starting and driving 5-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 169. WARNING CAUTION Apply the parking brake if the selector Use this position only when the vehicle lever is in any position while the engine is completely stopped. is not running. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly R (Reverse): or roll away and result in serious per- sonal injury or property damage. Use this position to back up. Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting R (Reverse). The brake pedal must be de- If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for any reason pressed and the selector lever button while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or pushed in to move the selector lever from SSD0346 any D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turned P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to LOCK and be removed from the ignition switch. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) to R (Reverse).To move the selector lever, position, then the key can be turned to LOCK. N (Neutral): : Push the button while depressing the brake pedal, P (Park): Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. : Push the button, Use this selector position when the vehicle is The engine can be started in this position. You : Just move the selector lever. parked or when starting the engine. Make sure may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake engine while the vehicle is moving.Shifting pedal must be depressed and the selector D (Drive):After starting the engine, fully depress the brake lever button pushed in to move the selec-pedal and shift the selector lever from P (Park) to tor lever from N (Neutral) or any drive Use this position for all normal forward driving.R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive), or Manual position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.shift mode position. When parking on a hill, first depress the foot Manual shift mode brake pedal, apply the parking brake, then shift When the selector lever is shifted from D to thePush the button to shift into P (Park) or R into the P (Park) position.(Reverse). All other positions can be selected manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped orwithout pushing the button. while driving, the transmission enters the manual5-10 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 170. shift mode. Shift range can be selected manu- ¼ When shifting down, move the selector lever Fail-safeally. to the − (down) side. (Shifts to lower range.) When the fail-safe operation occurs, the nextIn the manual shift mode, the shift range is ¼ Moving the selector lever to the same side time the key is turned to the ON position, thedisplayed on the position indicator in the meter. twice will shift the ranges in succession. warning light will blink for approximately 8 However, if this motion is rapidly done, the seconds after coming on for 2 seconds. WhileShift ranges up or down one by one as follows: second shifting may not be completed prop- the vehicle can be driven under these circum- → → → → 1 2 3 4 5 erly. stances please note that the gears in the auto- M ← M ← M ← M ← M matic transmission will be locked in 4th gear.M5 (5th): ¼ In the manual shift mode, the transmis- sion automatically shifts down to 1st If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-Use this position for all normal forward driving. gear before the vehicle comes to a stop. ditions, such as excessive wheel spinning When accelerating again, it is necessary and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safeM4 (4th): to shift up to the desired range. system may be activated. This will occurFor driving up or down long slopes where engine even if all electrical circuits are functioningbraking would be advantageous. ¼ When canceling the manual shift mode, re- properly. In this case, turn the ignition key turn the selector lever to the D position. The OFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn theM3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd): transmission returns to the normal driving key back to the ON position. The vehicleUse for hill climbing or engine braking on down- mode. should return to its normal operating con-hill grades. dition. If it does not return to its normal ¼ In the manual shift mode, the transmis- operating condition, have a NISSAN dealerM1 (1st): sion may not shift to the selected gear. check the transmission and repair if neces-Use this position when climbing steep hills This helps maintain driving performance sary.slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, and reduces the chance of vehicle dam-sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking on age or loss of control.steep downhill grades. Accelerator downshift¼ Remember not to drive at high speeds for — In D position — extended periods of time in lower than M4 For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the range. This reduces fuel economy. accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the¼ When shifting up, move the selector lever to transmission down into the lower gear, depend- the + (up) side. (Shifts to higher range.) ing on the vehicle speed. Starting and driving 5-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 171. Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence accord- ing to the vehicle speed. To back up, depress the shift lever and then move it to the R (Reverse) position after stop- ping the vehicle completely. If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R (Reverse) or 1 (Low gear), shift to N (Neutral), then release the clutch pedal. Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1. WARNING SSD0347 SSD0287 ¼ Do not downshift abruptly on slip-Shift lock release MANUAL TRANSMISSION pery roads. This may cause a loss of control.If the battery charge is low or discharged, the Shiftingselect lever may not be moved from the P (Park) ¼ Do not over-rev the engine whenposition even with the brake pedal depressed. To change gears, or when upshifting or down- shifting to a lower gear. This may shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into cause a loss of control or engineTo move the selector lever, depress the brake the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothlypedal, apply the parking brake, and push the damage. release the clutch.shift lock release button by using a suitable toolas shown. Push the selector lever button, then This vehicle is equipped with a short throwthe selector lever can be moved to N (Neutral). shifter manual transmission. To ensure smooth CAUTIONThis allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery gear changes, fully depress the clutch pedalis discharged. before operating the shift lever. If the clutch ¼ Do not rest your foot on the clutchIf the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park), have pedal is not fully depressed before the transmis- pedal while driving. This may damagea NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmis- sion is shifted, a gear noise may be heard. the clutch.sion system as soon as possible. Transmission damage could occur.5-12 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 172. engine speed reaches the set figure.¼ Fully depress the clutch pedal before For example, you can use the up-shift indicator shifting to help prevent transmission when driving as follows: damage. ¼ If the maximum engine speed is desired, set¼ Stop your vehicle completely before the figure at 6,600 rpm. (The indicator starts shifting into R (Reverse). flashing from about 6,100 rpm and comes on¼ When the vehicle is stopped with the steady at 6,600 rpm.) engine running (for example, at a ¼ If the maximum engine torque is desired, set stop light), shift to N (Neutral) and the figure at 4,800 rpm. (The indicator starts release the clutch pedal with the foot flashing from about 4,300 rpm and comes on brake applied. steady at 4,800 rpm.) ¼ If you want to break in your vehicle, use of the SSD0278 up-shift indicator with a rather low figure will help you to avoid the high engine speed. Up-shift indicator To make the up-shift indicator not come on, set The manual transmission up-shift indicator is the figure at above 7,200 rpm. situated in the tachometer and shows the driver There may be a slight difference between the time to shift into a higher gear by illuminating. the timing of the up-shift indicator illumi- The engine speed in revolutions per minute nation and the tachometer indication. (rpm) for upshifting can be set on the trip computer display. (See “Trip computer” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section for the display setting information.) The use of the up- shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed (rpm) from any gear. The up-shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed is within about 500 rpm of the set figure while driving, and then illuminate after the Starting and driving 5-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 173. PARKING BRAKESuggested up-shift speeds Suggested maximum speed in eachShown below are suggested vehicle speeds for gearshifting into a higher gear. These suggestions Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrelate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.Actual up-shift speeds will vary according toroad conditions, the weather and individual driv- Do not exceed the maximum suggested speeding habits. (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed.For normal acceleration in low altitude areas Always observe posted speed limits, and drive[less than 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]: according to the road conditions, which will Gear change MPH (km/h) ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the en- gine when shifting to a lower gear as it may 1st to 2nd 8 (13) cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. 2nd to 3rd 16 (26) Gear MPH (km/h) PD1001MD 3rd to 4th 25 (40) 1st 35 (56) 4th to 5th 28 (45) 2nd 60 (96) To apply: pull the lever up k . 1 5th to 6th 33 (53) 3rd 85 (136) To release:For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in 4th — 1. Firmly apply foot brake.high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]: 5th — 6th — 2. Automatic transmission models: Gear change MPH (km/h) 1st to 2nd 15 (24) Move the selector lever to the P (Park) posi- 2nd to 3rd 25 (40) tion. 3rd to 4th 40 (64) Manual transmission models: 4th to 5th 45 (72) 5th to 6th 50 (80) Place the shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi- tion. 3. While pulling up on the lever slightly, push the button k and lower the lever completely. 25-14 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 174. CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light goes out. WARNING cause engine damage. WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driv- PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE ing under the following conditions: CONTROL ¼ Be sure the parking brake is fully ¼ When it is not possible to keep the ¼ If the cruise control system malfunctions, it released before driving. Failure to do vehicle at a set speed. cancels automatically. The SET indicator light so can cause brake failure and lead ¼ In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies on the meter panel then blinks to warn the to an accident. in speed. driver. ¼ Do not release the parking brake ¼ On winding or hilly roads. ¼ If the SET indicator light blinks, turn the from outside the vehicle. cruise control main switch off and have the ¼ On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, ¼ Do not use the gear shift in place of system checked by a NISSAN dealer. etc.). the parking brake. When parking, be ¼ In very windy areas. ¼ The SET indicator light may blink when the sure the parking brake is fully en- cruise control main switch is turned on while gaged. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle pushing the RES/ACCEL, COAST/ control and result in an accident. SET, or CANCEL switch (located on the ¼ Do not leave children unattended in a steering wheel). To properly set the cruise vehicle. They could release the park- control system, perform the preceding steps ing brake and cause an accident. in the order indicated. CAUTION On manual transmission models, do not shift into N (Neutral) without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set. Should this occur, depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately. Failure to do so may Starting and driving 5-15 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 175. To set at cruising speed, accelerate your proximately 8 MPH (13 km/h). vehicle to the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch and release it. (The SET ¼ Depress the clutch pedal (manual transmis- indicator light will come on.) Take your foot off sion), or move the selector lever to N (Neu- the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain tral) position (automatic transmission). The the set speed. SET indicator light will go out. ¼ To pass another vehicle, depress the ac- To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one celerator pedal. When you release the pedal, of the following three methods: the vehicle will return to the previously set a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When the speed. vehicle attains the desired speed, push and ¼ The vehicle may not maintain the set speed release the COAST/SET switch. when going up or down steep hills. If this b) Push and hold the ACCEL/RES set switch. happens, drive without the cruise control. When the vehicle attains the speed you SSD0279 To cancel the preset speed, follow either of desire, release the switch.1. ACCEL or RESUME switch these three methods: c) Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RES2. COAST or SET switch a) Push the cancel switch; The SET indicator set switch. Each time you do this, the set light will go out. speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.63. ON⋅OFF switch km/h). b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicator light4. CANCEL switch will go out. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneCRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS of the following three methods: c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator lights will go out. a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicleThe cruise control allows driving at a speed attains the desired speed, push thebetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) ¼ If you depress the brake pedal while pushing COAST/SET switch and release it.without keeping your foot on the accelerator the ACCEL/RES set switch and reset at thepedal. cruising speed, turn the main switch off once b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re- and then turn it on again. lease the switch when the vehicle slowsTo turn on the cruise control, push the main down to the desired speed.switch on. The CRUISE indicator light on the ¼ The cruise control will automatically be can-meter panel will come on. celled if the vehicle slows down below ap- c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/5-16 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 176. BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY SET switch. Each time you do this, the set ¼ Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 CAUTION cruising speeds with a constant accelerator km/h). position.To resume the preset speed, push and re- During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), ¼ Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.lease the ACCEL/RES set switch. The vehicle follow these recommendations to ob- Driving at high speed will lower fuel economy.will resume the last set cruising speed when the tain maximum engine performance andvehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). ¼ Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking. ensure the future reliability and Maintain a safe distance behind other ve- economy of your new vehicle. Failure to hicles. follow these recommendations may re- sult in shortened engine life and re- ¼ Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions. On level roads, shift into high gear duced engine performance. as soon as possible. ¼ Avoid unnecessary engine idling. ¼ Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the ¼ Keep your engine tuned up. engine over 4,000 rpm. ¼ Follow the recommended periodic mainte- ¼ Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. nance schedule. ¼ Avoid quick starts. ¼ Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres- sure. Low tire pressure will increase tire wear ¼ Avoid hard braking as much as possible. and lower fuel economy. ¼ Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles ¼ Keep the front wheels in correct alignment. (800 km). Improper alignment will increase tire wear and lower fuel economy. ¼ Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy. Use the air conditioner only when necessary. ¼ When cruising at highway speeds, it is more economical to use the air conditioner and Starting and driving 5-17 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 177. PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS leave the windows closed to reduce drag.¼ Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda- tion” in the “9. Technical and consumer infor- mation” section. MSD0002 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. WARNING 2. Automatic transmission models: Move the selector lever to the P (Park) posi- ¼ Do not stop or park the vehicle over tion. flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may Manual transmission models: ignite and cause a fire. Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse) posi- ¼ Never leave the engine running while tion. When parking on an uphill grade, place the shift lever in the 1 (Low gear) position. the vehicle is unattended. ¼ Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle.5-18 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 178. POWER STEERING ¼ HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: k 2 The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic WARNING Turn the wheels away from the curb and pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering. move the vehicle back until the curb side If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, you will ¼ Safe parking procedures require that wheel gently touches the curb. still have control of the vehicle. However, much both the parking brake be set and the greater steering effort is needed, especially in ¼ HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO transmission placed into P (Park) for sharp turns or at low speeds. CURB: k 3 automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual Turn the wheels toward the side of the road WARNING so the vehicle will move away from the center transmission models. Failure to do of the road if it moves. so could cause the vehicle to move If the engine is not running or is turned unexpectedly or roll away and result 4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position off while driving, the power assist for in an accident. and remove the key. the steering will not work. Steering will ¼ Make sure the automatic transmis- be much harder to operate. sion selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever.3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.¼ HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: k 1 Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb. Starting and driving 5-19 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 179. BRAKE SYSTEMBRAKING PRECAUTIONS so the wheels will not lock when braking abruptlyThe brake system has two separate hydraulic WARNING or when braking on slippery surfaces. The sys- tem detects the rotation speed at each wheelcircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still and varies the brake fluid pressure to preventhave braking at two wheels. ¼ While driving on a slippery surface, each wheel from locking and sliding. By prevent- be careful when braking, accelerat-Vacuum assisted brakes ing or downshifting. Abrupt braking ing wheel lockup, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimizeThe brake booster aids braking by using engine or accelerating could cause the swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the wheels to skid and result in an acci-vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, dent. Using the systemgreater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stopping ¼ If the engine is not running or is Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.distance will be longer. turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. WARNINGUsing the brakes Braking will be harder.Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing sodriving. This overheats the brakes, increases Wet brakes may result in increased stopping dis-wear on the brakes and pads, and reduces gasmileage. tances. When the vehicle is washed or driven throughTo help save the brakes and to prevent the water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbrakes from overheating, reduce speed and braking distance will be longer and the vehicle Normal operationdownshift to a lower gear before going down a may pull to one side during braking.slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may The anti-lock brake system will not operate at To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed speeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) toreduce braking performance and could result in while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat-uploss of vehicle control. completely stop the vehicle. (The speeds will the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to vary according to road conditions.) When the normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds anti-lock system senses that one or more wheels until the brakes function correctly. are close to locking up, the actuator (under the ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) hood) rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakes very quickly). The anti-lock brake system controls the brakes While the actuator is working, you may feel a5-20 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 180. pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise orvibration from the actuator under the hood. This WARNING specified on the Tire and Loadingis normal and indicates that the anti-lock system Information label. See “Vehicle iden-is working properly. However, the pulsation may tification” in the “9. Technical and The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-indicate that road conditions are hazardous and consumer information” section forextra care is required while driving. ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac- cidents resulting from careless or dan- the Tire and Loading Information la-Self-test feature gerous driving techniques. It can help bel location.The anti-lock brake system consists of electronic maintain vehicle control during brakingsensors, electric pumps, and hydraulic solenoids on slippery surfaces but remember thatcontrolled by a computer. The computer has a the stopping distance on slippery sur-built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system faces will be longer than on normaleach time you start the engine and move the surfaces even with the anti-lock brakevehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. system. Stopping distances may also beWhen the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk longer on rough, gravel or snow coverednoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. roads, or if you are using tire chains.This is normal and is not an indication of any Always maintain a safe distance frommalfunction. If the computer senses any mal-function, it switches the anti-lock brake system the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately,OFF and turns on the ABS warning light in the the responsibility for safety of self anddashboard. The brake system will then behave others rests in the hands of the driver.normally, but without anti-lock assistance. Tire type and condition of tires may alsoIf the light comes on during the self check, or affect braking effectiveness.while you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair at your ¼ When replacing tires, install theearliest convenience. specified size of tires to the front and rear. ¼ When installing a spare tire, make sure it is the proper size and type as Starting and driving 5-21 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 181. TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(TCS) (if so equipped) (VDC) SYSTEM (if so equipped)On slippery surfaces such as wet asphalt roads, model without the traction control system. When accelerating or driving on a slippery sur-vehicle wheels may spin when the vehicle is faces, the tires may spin or slide. With theaccelerated. This wheel spin reduces accelera- WARNING Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system, sensorstion, or causes the vehicle to swerve, thus detect these movements and control the brakingdecreasing vehicle stability. and engine output to help improve vehicle sta- The traction control system is designed bility.When the vehicle drive wheels begin to spin, the to prevent the wheels from spinning.traction control system (TCS) controls the en- However, it does not prevent vehicle ¼ When the VDC system is operating, thegine torque using an electronic control system, slipping or spinning due to abrupt steer- “SLIP” indicator in the instrument paneland it also controls automatic control shifting if ing operation at high speeds or by care- blinks.necessary (for automatic transmission models). less or dangerous driving techniques.This reduces spinning of the drive wheels, and ¼ When only the Traction Control System Be especially careful when driving on (TCS) portion of the VDC system is operat-result in improved vehicle acceleration perfor-mance. It also improves the vehicle stability by slippery surfaces and always drive ing, the “SLIP” indicator in the instrumentswerving motion. safely. panel blinks.¼ When the traction control system is operat- ¼ If the “SLIP” indicator blinks, the road condi- ing, the slip indicator light in the meter panel tions are slippery. Be sure to adjust your blinks. speed and driving to these conditions. Be sure to drive carefully. See “Slip indicator¼ If the slip indicator light blinks, the vehicle is light”, and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) under slippery conditions. Be sure to drive OFF indicator light” in the “2. Instruments and carefully. See “Slip indicator light” and “Trac- controls” section. tion control system (TCS) off indicator light” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section. ¼ Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system, the¼ Indicator light “SLIP” and “VDC OFF” indicator lights illumi- If a malfunction occurs in the traction control nate in the instrument panel. As long as these system, the SLIP and indicator lights indicators are illuminated, the VDC system come on in the meter panel. function is canceled. As long as these indicator lights are on, the traction control function (except the ABS) is The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited canceled. The vehicle will behaves like a Slip (ABLS) system to improve vehicle traction.5-22 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 182. The ABLS system works when one of the drivingwheels is spinning on a slippery surface. The WARNING tor or “SLIP” indicator or both indica-ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel, which tor lights may illuminate.distributes the driving power to the other drivingwheel. If the vehicle is operated with the VDC ¼ The VDC system is designed to help ¼ If brake related parts such as brakesystem turned off, all VDC system functions and improve driving stability but does not pads, rotors and calipers are notTCS functions will be turned off. The ABLS prevent accidents due to abrupt standard equipment or are extremelysystem and ABS will still operate with the VDC steering operation at high speeds or deteriorated, the “VDC OFF” indica-system off. When the ABLS system is activated, due to careless or dangerous driving tor or “SLIP” indicator or both indica-the “SLIP” indicator light will blink and you may techniques. Reduce vehicle speed tor lights may illuminate.hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the and be especially careful when driv-brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indica- ¼ When driving on extremely inclined ing and cornering on slippery sur-tion of a malfunction. surfaces such as higher banked cor- faces and always drive carefully. ners, the VDC system may not oper-While the VDC system is operating, you may feel ¼ If engine related parts such as a muf- ate properly and the “VDC OFF” indi-a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise orfeel a vibration from under the hood. This is fler are not standard equipment or cator or “SLIP” indicator or bothnormal and indicates that the VDC system is are extremely deteriorated, the “VDC indicator lights may illuminate. Doworking properly. OFF” indicator or “SLIP” indicator or not drive on these types of roads. both indicator lights may illuminate.The VDC system computer has a built-in diag- ¼ When driving on an unstable surfacenostic feature that tests the system each time ¼ Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen- such as a turntable, ferry, elevator oryou start the engine and move the vehicle for- sion. If suspension parts such as ramp, the “VDC OFF” indicator orward or backward. When the self-test occurs, shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta- “SLIP” indicator or both indicatoryou may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsa- bilizer bars and bushings are not lights may illuminate. This is not ation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not NISSAN-approved or are extremely malfunction. Restart the engine afteran indication of a malfunction. deteriorated the VDC system may not driving onto a stable surface. operate properly. This could ad- ¼ If wheels or tires other than those versely affect vehicle handling per- recommended are used, the DC sys- formance, and the “VDC OFF” indica- Starting and driving 5-23 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 183. COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK TIRE EQUIPMENT tem may not operate properly and the “VDC OFF” indicator or “SLIP” indi- To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply 1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design to cator or both indicator lights may de-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole. If provide superior performance on dry pave- the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before ment. However, the performance of these illuminate. inserting it into the key hole. tires will be substantially reduced in snowy ¼ The VDC system is not a substitute and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle ANTI-FREEZE on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommends for winter tires or tire chains on a snow-covered road. In the winter when it is anticipated that the the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check tires on all four wheels. Consult a NISSAN anti-freeze to assure proper winter protection. dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and For additional information, see “Engine Cooling availability information. System” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- 2. For additional traction on icy roads, studded yourself” section. tires may be used. However, some provinces BATTERY and states prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing If the battery is not fully charged during extremely studded tires. cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain Skid and traction capabilities of studded maximum efficiency, the battery should be snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be checked regularly. For additional information, poorer than that of non-studded snow see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- tires. yourself” section. 3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Make sure they are of proper size for the tires on your DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER vehicle and are installed according to the If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti- chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Use of tire freeze, drain the cooling system by opening the chains may be prohibited according to loca- drain plug located under the radiator. Refill tion. Check the local laws before installing before operating the vehicle. See “Engine cool- tire chains. When installing tire chains, make ing system” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- sure they are of proper size for the tires on yourself” section for changing engine coolant. your vehicle and are installed according to5-24 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 184. the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Use ice and snow from the windows and wiper only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” chains blades. these conditions. Braking should be are used on vehicles with restricted tire to started sooner than on dry pavement. ¼ a sturdy, flat board to be placed under the vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use jack to give it firm support. ¼ Allow greater following distances on Class “S” chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between slippery roads. ¼ a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts. the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or ¼ Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). body component required to accommodate ¼ extra window washer fluid to refill the reser- voir tank. These may appear on an otherwise the use of a winter traction device (tire chains clear road in shaded areas. If a patch or cables). The minimum clearances are de- termined using the factory equipped tire size. DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE of ice is seen ahead, brake before Other types may damage your vehicle. Use reaching it. Try not to brake while on chain tensioners when recommended by the WARNING the ice, and avoid any sudden steer- tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. ing maneuvers. Loose end links of the tire chain must be ¼ Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), ¼ Do not use cruise control on slippery secured or removed to prevent the possibility very cold snow or ice can be slick and roads. of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading very hard to drive on. The vehicle will ¼ Snow can trap dangerous exhaust your vehicle when using tire chains. In addi- have much less traction or “grip” un- gases under your vehicle. Keep snow tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, der these conditions. Try to avoid clear of the exhaust pipe and from your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle driving on wet ice until the road is around your vehicle. handling and performance may be adversely salted or sanded. affected. ¼ Whatever the condition, drive with Never install tire chains on a T-type spare tire. caution. Accelerate and slow down ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so Do not use tire chains on dry roads. with care. If accelerating or down- equipped)SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT shifting too fast, the drive wheels will An engine block heater to assist extreme cold lose even more traction. temperature starting is available through aIt is recommended that the following items be NISSAN dealer.carried in the vehicle during winter: ¼ Allow more stopping distance under¼ a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove Starting and driving 5-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 185. WARNING Do not use your heater with an un- grounded electrical system or two- pronged (cheater) adapters. You can be injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection.5-26 Starting and driving ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 186. 6 In case of emergencyFlat tire .................................................................................... 6-2 If your vehicle overheats ..................................................... 6-9 Low tire pressure warning system ............................. 6-2 Towing your vehicle ........................................................... 6-10 Changing a flat tire ......................................................... 6-2 Towing recommended by NISSAN........................... 6-11Jump starting ......................................................................... 6-7 Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuck vehicle) ............ 6-12Push starting .......................................................................... 6-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 187. FLAT TIRELOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGSYSTEM WARNING soon as possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres-sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of ¼ If the low tire pressure warning light ¼ Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosolall tires except the spare. When the low tire comes on and/or the PSI indicator tire sealant into the tires, as this maypressure warning light is lit, one or more of your flashes while driving, avoid sudden cause a malfunction of the tire pres-tires is significantly under-inflated. The system steering maneuvers or abrupt brak- sure sensors.also displays pressure of all tires (except the ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off thespare tire) on the trip computer by sending a road to a safe location and stop thesignal from a sensor that is installed in each vehicle as soon as possible. Serious CHANGING A FLAT TIREwheel. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire vehicle damage could occur and maypressure*, the low tire pressure warning system If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions lead to an accident and could result below.will activate and warn you of it by the low tirepressure warning light (in the meter panel) or the in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust Stopping the vehiclePSI indicator (on the trip computer). This systemwill activate only when the vehicle is driven at the tire pressure to the recom- 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road awayspeeds above 20 MPH (32 km/h). For more mended COLD tire pressure shown from traffic.details, refer to “Trip computer” and on the Tire and Loading Information 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.“Warning/indicator lights and audible remind- label to turn the low tire pressure 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingers” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section warning light OFF. If you have a flat brake. Shift the manual transmission into Rand “Low tire pressure warning system” in the tire, replace it with a spare tire as (Reverse) position (automatic transmission in“5. Starting and driving” section. soon as possible. P (Park) position).*: lower than 26 psi (for 225/50R17 and 4. Turn off the engine. ¼ When a spare tire is mounted or a 235/50R17 tires on wheel is replaced, tire pressure will 5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to Roadster model) not be indicated and the low tire signal professional road assistance person- lower than 28 psi (except for the above) pressure warning system will not nel that you need assistance. function. Contact a NISSAN dealer as 6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.6-2 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 188. WARNING¼ Make sure the parking brake is se- curely applied and the manual trans- mission is shifted into R (Reverse), or the automatic transmission into P (Park).¼ Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous.¼ Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for pro- MCE0001A SCE0409 Coupe models fessional road assistance. Blocking wheels Getting the spare tire and tools¼ When a spare tire is mounted or a Place suitable blocks k at both the front and 1 Remove spare tire and jacking tools from the wheel is replaced, tire pressure will back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire storage area located in the luggage/trunk as not be indicated and the low tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it illustrated. pressure warning system will not is jacked up. Coupe models: function. Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement WARNING 1. Spare tire — Turn the retainer counterclock- and/or system resetting. (For models wise to remove. with the low tire pressure warning Be sure to block the wheel as the ve- 2. Jack — Turn it counterclockwise to remove. system) hicle may move and result in personal 3. Jacking tools injury. In case of emergency 6-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 189. on other vehicles. The jack is de- signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change. ¼ Use the correct jack up points. Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. ¼ Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary. ¼ Never use blocks on or under the jack. SCE0491 SCE0410A ¼ Do not start or run the engine while Roadster models Jack-up point vehicle is on the jack, as it may causeRoadster models: Jacking up the vehicle and removing the vehicle to move. This is especially1. Spare tire — Turn the retainer counterclock- the damaged tire true for vehicles with limited slip dif- wise to remove. ferentials.2. Jack — Unfasten the belt and lift the jack up WARNING ¼ Do not allow passengers to stay in to remove. the vehicle while it is on the jack.3. Jacking tools — They are in the tool bag. ¼ Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is Carefully read the caution label attached to necessary to work under the vehicle, the jack body and the following instruc- support it with safety stands. tions. ¼ Use only the jack provided with your 1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use as illustrated above so that top of the jack the jack provided with your vehicle contacts the vehicle at the jack up point. Align the jack head between the two notches6-4 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 190. in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit thegroove of the jack head between the notchesas shown. CE1092-A The jack should be used on level firm ground. 2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground. 3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above. Remove the wheel nuts, and then remove the tire. In case of emergency 6-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 191. nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence Wheel nut tightening torque: illustrated (k - k ) until they are tight. 1 5 80 ft-lb (108 N⋅m) 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the ground. Then, with the wheel nut wrench, specification at all times. It is recom- tighten the wheel nuts securely in the se- mended that wheel nuts be tightened to quence as illustrated. Lower the vehicle com- specification at each lubrication interval. pletely. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure. WARNING COLD pressure: After vehicle has been parked for three ¼ Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly hours or more or driven less than 1 mile tightened wheel nuts can cause the (1.6 km). wheel to become loose or come off. SCE0039 COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire This could cause an accident. and Loading Information label affixed toInstalling the spare tire ¼ Do not use oil or grease on the wheel the driver’s side center pillar.The spare tire is designed for emergency studs or nuts. This could cause the For models equipped with the low tireuse. See specific instructions under the nuts to become loose. pressure warning system:heading “Wheels and tires” in the “8. Main- ¼ Retighten the wheel nuts when the After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tiretenance and do-it-yourself” section. vehicle has been driven for 600 miles pressure, the display of the tire pressure infor-1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, mation may show higher pressure than the between the wheel and hub. etc.). COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This is because2. Carefully put the wheel on and tighten the the tire pressurizes as the tire temperature rises. wheel nuts finger tight. When replacing a As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts This does not indicate a system malfunction. front tire, make sure the hole in the spare tire to the specified torque with a torque wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake wrench. Stowing the tire and tools rotor. Securely store the spare tire and jacking equip-3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel ment in the vehicle.6-6 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 192. JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery, the WARNING instructions and precautions below must be 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated followed. battery can damage your vehicle.¼ Always make sure that the spare tire ¼ Whenever working on or near a bat- and jacking equipment are properly WARNING tery, always wear suitable eye protec- secured after use. Such items can tors (for example, goggles or indus- become dangerous projectiles in an ¼ If done incorrectly, jump starting can trial safety spectacles) and remove accident or sudden stop. lead to a battery explosion, resulting rings, metal bands, or any other jew-¼ The spare tire is designed for emer- in severe injury or death. It could also elry. Do not lean over the battery gency use. See specific instructions damage your vehicle. when jump starting. under the heading “Wheels and tires” ¼ Explosive hydrogen gas is always ¼ Do not attempt to jump start a frozen in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- present in the vicinity of the battery. battery. It could explode and cause yourself” section of this manual. Keep all sparks and flames away serious injury. from the battery. ¼ Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with any- thing, immediately flush the con- tacted area with water. ¼ Keep battery out of the reach of chil- dren. ¼ The booster battery must be rated at In case of emergency 6-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 193. CAUTION ¼ Always connect positive (+) to posi- tive (+) and negative (−) to body ground (for example, strut mounting bolt, etc. — not to the battery). ¼ Make sure that the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal. SCE0492 the N (Neutral) position (On automatic trans- 5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and let it WARNING mission models, move the selector lever to run for a few minutes. the P (Park) position). Switch off all unnec- 6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicle at essary electrical systems (light, heater, air about 2,000 rpm, and start your engine in the Always follow the instructions below. conditioner, etc.). normal manner. Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause per- 3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so sonal injury. equipped). Cover the battery with an old CAUTION cloth to reduce explosion hazard. 4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as Do not keep the starter motor engaged1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle, illustrated. (k - k ) 1 4 for more than 10 seconds. If the engine position the two vehicles to bring their bat- teries into close proximity to each other. does not start right away, turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. again.2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift lever to6-8 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 194. PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS7. After starting your engine, carefully discon- Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing. nect the negative cable and then the positive WARNING cable. CAUTION8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be ¼ Do not continue to drive if your ve- sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the ¼ Automatic transmission models can- hicle overheats. Doing so could vent holes as it may be contaminated with not be push started. Attempting to do cause engine damage or a vehicle corrosive acid. fire. so may cause transmission damage. ¼ Three way catalyst equipped models ¼ To avoid the danger of being scalded, should not be started by pushing never remove the radiator cap while since the three way catalyst may be the engine is still hot. When the ra- damaged. diator cap is removed, pressurized hot water will spurt out, possibly ¼ Never try to start the vehicle by tow- causing serious injury. ing it; when the engine starts, the forward surge could cause the ve- ¼ Do not open the hood if steam is hicle to collide with the tow vehicle. coming out. If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take the following steps: 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (automatic transmission to the P (Park) position). Do not stop the engine. 2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open all In case of emergency 6-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 195. TOWING YOUR VEHICLE the windows, move the heater or air condi- When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in tioner temperature control to maximum hot WARNING Canada) and local regulations for towing must and fan control to high speed. be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could3. If engine overheating is caused by climbing a ¼ Be careful not to allow your hands, damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are long hill on a hot day, run the engine at a fast hair, jewelry or clothing to come into available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until the tem- operators are generally familiar with the appli- contact with, or get caught in, engine perature gauge indication returns to normal. cable laws and procedures for towing. To assure belts or the engine cooling fan. proper towing and to prevent accidental damage4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for ¼ The engine cooling fan can start at to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends having a steam or coolant escaping from the radiator service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable any time when the coolant tempera- before opening the hood. (If steam or coolant ture is high. to have the service operator carefully read the is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do not open following precautions. the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen. 7. After the engine cools down, check the cool-5. Open the engine hood. ant level in the reservoir tank with the engine WARNING running. Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired at a ¼ Never ride in a vehicle that is being WARNING NISSAN dealer. towed. If steam or water is coming from the ¼ Never get under your vehicle after it engine, stand clear to prevent getting has been lifted by a tow truck. burned.6. Visually check if the cooling fan is running. CAUTION The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. ¼ When towing, make sure that the If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does transmission, axles, steering system not run, stop the engine. and powertrain are in working condi-6-10 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 196. tion. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used. ¼ Always attach safety chains before towing.For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), refer to “Flat towing”in the “9. Technical and consumer information”section of this manual. SCE0342 SCE0489 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN CAUTION NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (rear) wheels off the ¼ Never tow automatic transmission ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as models with the rear wheels on the illustrated. In case of emergency 6-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 197. ground or four wheels on the ground WARNING (forward or backward) as this may cause serious and expensive damage ¼ Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. to the transmission. If it is necessary to tow the vehicle ¼ Do not spin your tires at high speed. with the front wheels raised, always This could cause them to explode use towing dollies under the rear and result in serious injury. Parts of wheels. your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged. ¼ When towing rear wheel drive mod- els with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies: CAUTION Turn the ignition key to the OFF po- SCE0413 sition, and secure the steering wheel VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing a ¼ Tow chains or cables must be at- in a straight ahead position with a stuck vehicle) tached only to the vehicle recovery rope or similar device. Never secure hooks or main structural members of the steering wheel by turning the Use the towing hook by installing it in the front of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle ignition key to the LOCK position. the vehicle. (The rear has no towing points.) body will be damaged. This may damage the steering lock mechanism. After removing the front license plate (if so ¼ Do not use the vehicle tie downs to equipped), free a vehicle stuck in sand, snow, k Remove the towing hook cover from the 1 mud, etc. Never tow a vehicle using bumper. the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks. k Securely install the towing hook stored with 2 jacking tools. ¼ Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use.6-12 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 198. maintain the rocking motion. pull on the vehicle at an angle. ¼ Release the accelerator pedal before shifting ¼ Pulling devices should be routed so between R and D (automatic transmission they do not touch any part of the models) or 1st and R (manual transmission suspension, steering, brake or cool- models). ing systems. ¼ Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 ¼ Pull devices such as ropes or canvas km/h). straps are not recommended for use 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, in vehicle towing or recovery. contact a professional towing service to re- move the vehicle.If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System (if so equipped).2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires.4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back- ward.¼ Shift back and forth between R (reverse) and D (drive) (automatic transmission models) or 1st (low) and R (reverse) (manual transmis- sion models).¼ Apply the accelerator as little as possible to In case of emergency 6-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 199. MEMO6-14 In case of emergency ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 200. 7 Appearance and careCleaning exterior ................................................................... 7-2 Floor mats ......................................................................... 7-4 Washing ............................................................................ 7-2 Seat belts ......................................................................... 7-5 Waxing ............................................................................... 7-3 Corrosion protection ............................................................ 7-5 Removing spots .............................................................. 7-3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Underbody ........................................................................ 7-3 corrosion ........................................................................... 7-5 Glass .................................................................................. 7-3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Aluminum alloy wheels .................................................. 7-4 corrosion ........................................................................... 7-5 Chrome parts ................................................................... 7-4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ..................... 7-6Cleaning interior .................................................................... 7-4 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 201. CLEANING EXTERIORIn order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. CAUTION water on the parts around the soft top and the windows. These mayIn the following cases, please wash your vehicleas soon as possible to protect the paint surface. ¼ Do not use strong household soap, cause water to leak into the inside of strong chemical detergents, gasoline your vehicle.¼ After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain or solvents. ¼ Do not wash the vehicle in direct Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean¼ After driving on coastal roads sunlight or while the vehicle body is water.¼ When contaminants such as soot, bird drop- hot, as the surface may become Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface water-spotted. hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas¼ When dust or mud builds up on the surface ¼ Avoid using tight-napped or rough must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the cloths, such as washing mitts. CareWhenever possible, store or park your vehicle drain holes in the lower edge of the door are must be taken when removing open. Spray water under the body and in theinside a garage or in a covered area. caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayWhen it is necessary to park outside, park in a stances so the paint surface is not road salt.shady area or protect the vehicle with a body scratched or damaged.cover. Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface ¼ For Roadster models, observe the by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.Be careful not to scratch the paint surface following:when putting on or removing the body • Do not use an automatic car wash Soft top care and cleaning (Roadstercover. or a high pressure car wash. The models)WASHING soft top may be damaged. Proper care and handling should be observed to • Avoid applying direct water pres- maintain a good appearance of the soft top.Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehicle with sure, such as high pressured water Improper care may cause the top cloth’s surfacea wet sponge and plenty of clean water. Clean from household hoses, on the lin- to stiffen, stain, or mat. Follow the instructionsthe vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap such as ing of the soft top and vehicle shown in this section.Nissan Car Wash, or a general purpose dish-washing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm body. Avoid applying continuous It is not necessary to wash the soft top every(never hot) water. time you wash the vehicle body, but clean the7-2 Appearance and care ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 202. top regularly before it becomes quite dirty. Leav- Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ing the soft top dirty or soiled for a long period cause water to leak into the inside of ishing on a base coat/clear coat paintwill cause deterioration to the quality of the top your vehicle. finish may dull the finish or leave swirlmaterial. marks.Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft After cleaning, always be sure the top and its REMOVING SPOTSbrush or sponge, then rinse it with plenty of storage are completely dry before opening the Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,clean water. When the top is quite dirty, wash top. Opening the top while it is wet or damp may and tree sap as quickly as possible from theusing a mild detergent, such as a general cause interior water damage, water stains or surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage orcleaner especially made for a cloth top or a mildew on the top. staining. Special cleaning products are availablegeneral purpose dish-washing liquid, mixed with at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessoryclean, lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the top WAXING store.again with plenty of clean water to remove all Regular waxing protects the paint surface andtraces of soap. helps retain new vehicle appearance. After wax- UNDERBODY ing, polishing is recommended to remove In areas where road salt is used in winter, the CAUTION built-up residue and to avoid a weathered ap- underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will pearance. prevent dirt and salt from building up and caus- If you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a wax ing underbody and suspension corrosion. Be- ¼ Do not use strong household soap, specified for use over clear coats, such as fore the winter period and again in the spring, the strong chemical detergents, gasoline underseal must be checked and, if necessary, or solvents. Nissan Liquid or Spray Wax. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product. re-treated. ¼ If glass cleaner gets on the soft top, GLASS ¼ Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash- immediately wash it off with clean ing. Follow the instructions supplied with the water. Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film wax. from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to ¼ Do not apply direct water pressure, ¼ Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, become coated with a film after the vehicle is such as high pressured water from cutting compounds or cleaners that may parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft household hoses, on the lining of the damage the vehicle finish. cloth will easily remove this film. soft top and vehicle body, as this may ¼ If the surface does not polish easily, use a road tar remover and wax again. Appearance and care 7-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 203. CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior FLOOR MATS CAUTION trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it ¼ When cleaning the inside of the win- easier to clean the interior. No matter what mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry dows, do not use sharp-edged tools, soft cloth. Before using any fabric protector, mats are used, be sure they are fitted for abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based read the manufacturer’s recommendations. your vehicle and are properly positioned in disinfectant cleaners. They could Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that the footwell to prevent interference with damage the electrical conductors or may stain or bleach the seat material. pedal operation. Mats should be maintained rear window defroster elements. with regular cleaning and replaced if they be- Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean come excessively worn. ¼ If glass cleaner gets on the soft top, the meter and gauge lens. immediately wash it off with clean water. (Roadster models) CAUTIONALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS ¼ Never use benzine, thinner or any similar material.Wash regularly, especially during winter monthsin areas where road salt is used. Salt could ¼ The leather seats should be regularlydiscolor the wheel if not removed. coated with a leather wax like saddle soap. Never use car wax.CHROME PARTS ¼ Never use fabric protectors unlessClean all chrome parts regularly with a non- recommended by the manufacturer.abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. ¼ Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.7-4 Appearance and care ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 204. CORROSION PROTECTION SEAT BELTS MOST COMMON FACTORS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. CORROSION Allow the belts to dry completely before using ¼ The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt them. and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas. WARNING ¼ Damage to paint and other protective coat- ings caused by gravel and stone chips or Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in minor traffic accidents. the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS belts, since these may severely weaken INFLUENCE THE RATE OF SAI0012 the seat belt webbing. CORROSIONFloor mat positioning aid Moisture(driver side only) Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro-This model includes a front floor mat bracket to sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyact as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor inside the vehicle, and should be removed formats have been specially designed for your drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.vehicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has agrommet hole incorporated in it. Simply position Relative humiditythe mat by placing the floor mat bracket throughthe floor mat grommet hole while centering the Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highmat in the floorpan contour. relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and wherePeriodically check to make certain that the mats atmospheric pollution exists and road salt isare properly positioned. used. Appearance and care 7-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 205. TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rate CAUTIONof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated. ¼ Never remove dirt, sand or other de- bris from the passenger compart-Air pollution ment by washing it out with a hose.Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner orin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will broom.accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paint sur- ¼ Never allow water or other liquids tofaces. come in contact with electronic com- ponents inside the vehicle as thisTO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE may damage them.FROM CORROSION¼ Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are vehicle clean. extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion¼ Always check for minor damage to the paint and deterioration of underbody components and repair it as soon as possible. such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.¼ Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation. In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.¼ Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water For additional protection against rust and corro- as soon as possible. sion, which may be required in some areas, consult a NISSAN dealer.7-6 Appearance and care ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 206. 8 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfMaintenance requirements ................................................. 8-2 Air cleaner ............................................................................ 8-18General maintenance ........................................................... 8-2 Windshield wiper blades ................................................. 8-19 Explanation of general maintenance items ............... 8-2 Cleaning ......................................................................... 8-19Maintenance precautions ................................................... 8-5 Replacing ....................................................................... 8-20Engine compartment check locations ............................. 8-7 Parking brake and brake pedal ...................................... 8-21Engine cooling system ........................................................ 8-8 Checking parking brake ............................................. 8-21 Checking engine coolant level .................................... 8-8 Checking brake pedal ................................................. 8-21 Changing engine coolant ............................................. 8-9 Brake booster ................................................................ 8-22Engine oil ............................................................................. 8-10 Fuses ..................................................................................... 8-22 Checking engine oil level ........................................... 8-10 Engine compartment ................................................... 8-23 Changing engine oil and filter ................................... 8-10 Passenger compartment ............................................ 8-24Automatic transmission fluid ........................................... 8-12 Keyfob battery replacement ............................................ 8-24Power steering fluid .......................................................... 8-13 Lights ..................................................................................... 8-26Brake and clutch fluid ....................................................... 8-13 Brake fluid ....................................................................... 8-14 Headlights ...................................................................... 8-27 Clutch fluid ..................................................................... 8-14 Exterior and interior lights .......................................... 8-28Window washer fluid ........................................................ 8-14 Wheels and tires ................................................................ 8-31Battery ................................................................................... 8-15 Tire pressure ................................................................. 8-31 Jump starting ................................................................. 8-16 Tire labeling..................................................................... 8-33Drive belts ............................................................................ 8-17 Types of tires ................................................................. 8-35Spark plugs ......................................................................... 8-17 Tire chains ...................................................................... 8-35 Replacing spark plugs ................................................ 8-17 Changing wheels and tires ........................................ 8-36 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 207. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCEYour new NISSAN has been designed to have Performing general maintenance checks re- During the normal day-to-day operation of theminimum maintenance requirements with longer quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few vehicle, general maintenance should be per-service intervals to save you both time and general automotive tools. formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifmoney. However, some day-to-day and regular These checks or inspections can be done by you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations ormaintenance is essential to maintain your yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a smells, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN’s good mechanical condition, as well NISSAN dealer. NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youas its emission and engine performance. should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that Where to go for service: repairs are required.It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatscheduled maintenance, as well as general If maintenance service is required or your vehicle When performing any checks or maintenancemaintenance, is performed. appears to malfunction, have the systems work, closely observe the “Maintenance precau- checked and tuned by a NISSAN dealer. tions” later in this section.As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the proper NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists EXPLANATION OF GENERAL and are kept up to date with the latest servicemaintenance care. You are a vital link in the information through technical bulletins, service MAINTENANCE ITEMSmaintenance chain. tips, and in-dealership training programs. They Additional information on the followingScheduled maintenance: are completely qualified to work on NISSAN items with “*” is found later in this section.For your convenience, both required and op- vehicles before they work on your vehicle, rather than after they have worked on it. Outside the vehicletional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service and You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s The maintenance items listed here should beMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to that service department performs the best job to performed from time to time, unless otherwiseguide to ensure that necessary maintenance is meet the maintenance requirements of your ve- specified.performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals. hicle — in a reliable and economic way. Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsGeneral maintenance: and the engine hood operate smoothly as well as the trunk lid or back hatch. Also make sure thatGeneral maintenance includes those items all latches lock securely. Lubricate if necessary.which should be checked during normal day-to- Make sure that the secondary latch keeps theday operation. They are essential for proper hood from opening when the primary latch isvehicle operation. It is your responsibility to released.perform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed. When driving in areas using road salt or other8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 208. corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently. age, cuts or excessive wear. Check the brake booster function. Be sure to keep floor mat away from the pedal.Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularMake sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail basis. Check the windshield at least every six Clutch pedal*: Make sure the pedal operateslights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all months for cracks or other damage. Have a smoothly and check that it has the proper freeoperating properly and installed securely. Also damaged windshield repaired by a qualified re- play.check headlight aim. pair facility. Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theRoad wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks proper travel and make sure that the vehicle isthe tires, make sure no nuts are missing, and or wear if they do not wipe properly. held securely on a fairly steep hill when only thecheck for any loose nuts. Tighten if necessary. Inside the vehicle parking brake is applied.Tire rotation*: Tires cannot be rotated in this The maintenance items listed here should be Seats: Check seat position controls such asvehicle. checked on a regular basis, such as when seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the they operate smoothly and that all latches lockTire, wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle, etc. securely in every position. Check that the headvehicle pulls to either side while driving on a restraints move up and down smoothly and thatstraight and level road, or if you detect uneven or Automatic transmission P (Park) position the locks (if equipped) hold securely in allabnormal tire wear, there may be a need for mechanism: On a fairly steep hill check that the latched positions.wheel alignment. vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P (Park) position without applying any Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltIf the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal brakes. system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustershighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded. Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, smooth operation and make sure the pedal does and are installed securely. Check the belt web-For additional information regarding tires, refer to bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage. not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor“Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire mat away from the pedal. Steering wheel: Check for changes in theSafety Information” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet. Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, vehicle to one side when applied. hard steering or strange noises.Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Adjust Brake pedal and booster*: Check the pedal Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that allthe pressure in all tires, including the spare, to for smooth operation and make sure it has the warning lights and chimes are operating prop-the pressure specified. Check carefully for dam- proper distance under it when depressed fully. erly. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 209. Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose of winter, the underbody should be thoroughlythe wipers and washer operate properly and that supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the flushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthe wipers do not streak. exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of those areas where mud and dirt may accumu- exhaust fumes, immediately locate the trouble late. For additional information, see “CleaningWindshield defroster: Check that the air exterior” in the “7. Appearance and care” sec- and correct it. (See “Precautions when startingcomes out of the defroster outlets properly and tion. and driving” in the “5. Starting and driving”in good quantity when operating the heater or air section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).) Window washer fluid*: Check that there isconditioner. Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, adequate fluid in the tank.Under the hood and the vehicle oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasThe maintenance items listed here should be been parked for a while. Water dripping from thechecked periodically (for example, each time you air conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldcheck the engine oil or refuel). notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for the cause and have it corrected imme-Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. It diately.should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Power steering fluid level* and lines: CheckVehicles operated in high temperatures or under the level in the reservoir tank with the engine off.severe conditions require frequent checks of the Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,battery fluid level. cracks, etc.Brake and clutch fluid levels*: Make sure that Radiator and hoses: Check the front of thethe brake and clutch fluid levels are between the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure theEngine coolant level*: Check the coolant level hoses have no cracks, deformation, deterioration or loose connections.when the engine is cold. Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt is posed to corrosive substances such as thosefrayed, worn, cracked or oily. used on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryEngine oil level*: Check the level on the important to remove these substances, other-dipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spot, wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuelturning off the engine and waiting 10 minutes. lines and around the exhaust system. At the end8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 210. MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONSWhen performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to prevent tion switch is in the ON position. ¼ On gasoline engine models with theserious accidental injury to yourself or damage to multiport fuel injection (MFI) system, ¼ If you must work with the enginethe vehicle. The following are general precau- the fuel filter or fuel lines should be running, keep your hands, clothing,tions which should be closely observed. serviced by a NISSAN dealer because hair and tools away from moving the fuel lines are under high pressure fans, belts and any other moving WARNING parts. even when the engine is off. ¼ Park the vehicle on a level surface, ¼ It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any apply the parking brake securely and jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. CAUTION block the wheels to prevent the ve- hicle from moving. For manual trans- before working on your vehicle. ¼ Do not work under the hood while mission models, move the shift lever ¼ Always wear eye protection when- the engine is hot. Turn the engine off to N (Neutral) position. For automatic ever you work on your vehicle. and wait until it cools down. transmission models, move the se- ¼ If you must run the engine in an ¼ Avoid contact with used engine oil lector lever to P (Park). enclosed space such as a garage, be and coolant. Improperly disposed en- ¼ Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF sure there is proper ventilation for gine oil, engine coolant and/or other or LOCK position when performing exhaust gases to escape. vehicle fluids can damage the envi- any parts replacement or repairs. ronment. Always conform to local ¼ Never get under the vehicle while it is ¼ Never connect or disconnect the bat- supported only by a jack. If it is nec- regulations for disposal of vehicle tery or any transistorized component essary to work under the vehicle, fluid. while the ignition switch is in the ON support it with safety stands. position. This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section ¼ Keep smoking materials, flame and ¼ Never leave the engine or automatic sparks away from the fuel tank and gives instructions regarding only those items transmission related component har- which are relatively easy for an owner to perform. battery. nesses disconnected while the igni- A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also avail- able. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual or- Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 211. der information” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section.You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating difficul-ties or excessive emissions, and could affectyour warranty coverage. If in doubt about anyservicing, have it done by a NISSAN dealer.8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 212. ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS 1. Fuse/fusible link holder 2. Battery 3. Engine oil filler cap 4. Brake fluid reservoir 5. Clutch fluid reservoir (M/T models) 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7. Power steering fluid reservoir 8. Engine coolant reservoir 9. Radiator filler cap 10. Engine oil dipstick 11. Air cleaner Do not tamper with the strut tower bar adjustment k . The strut tower bar has A been adjusted to the most suitable posi- tion at the factory. CAUTION Tampering with the strut tower bar ad- justment may cause a noise while driv- ing or damage to the hood or engine. SDI1519 Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 213. ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMThe engine cooling system is filled at the factory Deminer-with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool- Outside temperature alizedant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains down to Anti- water/rust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additional freeze distilledcooling system additives are not necessary. °C °F water WARNING −35 −30 50% 50% ¼ Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the en- CAUTION gine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- When adding or replacing coolant, be sure fluid escaping from the radiator. sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green) or SDI1445 ¼ See “If your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In case of emergency” section of equivalent with the proper mixture ratio CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineral- this manual. ized water/distilled water. The use of LEVEL ¼ The radiator is equipped with a pres- other types of coolant solutions may Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank sure type radiator cap. To prevent damage your engine cooling system. when the engine is cold. If the coolant level is engine damage, use only a genuine below MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level. If NISSAN radiator cap. the reservoir tank is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level. If the engine cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer.8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 214. ¼ Improper servicing can result in reduced 3. Fill the radiator slowly with the proper mixture heater performance and engine overheating. of anti-freeze solution and demineralized water/distilled water. Fill the reservoir tank up WARNING to the MAX level. Then install the radiator filler cap. ¼ To avoid being scalded, never change 4. Start the engine and warm it up until it the coolant when the engine is hot. reaches normal operating temperature. Then ¼ Never remove the radiator cap when race the engine 2 or 3 times under no load. the engine is hot. Serious burns Watch the engine coolant temperature gauge for signs of overheating. could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. 5. Stop the engine. After it completely cools ¼ Avoid direct skin contact with used down, refill the radiator up to the filler open- ing. Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAX level. coolant. If skin contact is made, wash Check the drain plug for any sign of leakage. thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. 6. Recheck the coolant level after the vehicle has been driven for a day. ¼ Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets. 1. Open radiator drain plug at the bottom of radiator, and remove radiator filler cap. SDI1442 ¼ Be careful not to allow coolant to con-CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT tact drive belts.¼ Major cooling system repairs should be per- ¼ Waste coolant must be disposed of formed by a NISSAN dealer. The service properly. Check your local regulations. procedures can be found in the appropriate 2. Close the radiator drain plug securely after NISSAN Service Manual. the coolant is drained. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 215. ENGINE OIL CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly. Operating the engine with insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty. CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER SDI1386C SDI1781 Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance log shown in the Service and Main-CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil tenance Guide. level. It should be between the H and L marks1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply k . If the oil level is below the L mark k , B A Vehicle set-up parking brake. remove the oil filler cap and pour recom- 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply2. Run the engine until it reaches operating mended oil through the opening. Do not the parking brake. temperature. overfill k. C 2. Run the engine until it reaches operating3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10 6. Recheck oil level with dipstick. temperature. minutes for the oil to drain back into the It is normal to add some oil between oil oil pan. 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 maintenance intervals or during the minutes.4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Rein- break-in period, depending on the severity sert it all the way. of operating conditions. 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suit- able floor jack and safety jack stands. ¼ Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points.8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 216. ¼ A suitable adapter should be attached to the ¼ Check your local regulations. jack stand saddle. 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench5. Remove the plastic engine undercover. k . Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand. 2a. Remove the small plastic clip at the center 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface point of the undercover. with a clean rag.b. Then remove the other bolts that hold the Be sure to remove any old rubber gas- undercover in place. ket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine. CAUTION 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil. Make sure the correct lifting and sup- 7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten additionally port points are used to avoid vehicle SDI1520A more than 2/3 turn. damage. Engine oil and filter Oil filter tightening torque: 11 to 15 ft-lb 1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug (14.7 to 20.5 N⋅m) k. 1 8. Clean and re-install the drain plug and a new 2. Remove the oil filler cap. washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and wrench. completely drain the oil. Drain plug tightening torque: 22 to 29 ft-lb CAUTION (29 to 39 N⋅m) Do not use excessive force. Be careful not to burn yourself, as the 9. Refill engine with recommended oil and in- engine oil is hot. stall the cap securely. ¼ Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 217. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID hole in the frame, then push the center of the When checking or replacement is required, we CAUTION clip in to lock the clip in place. recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing. d. Install the other bolts that hold the under- The dipstick must be inserted in place to cover in place. Be careful not to strip the CAUTION prevent oil spillage from the dipstick bolts or over-tighten them. hole while filling the engine with oil. 2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground. ¼ Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF. 3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. Do not mix with other fluids. See “Capacities and recommended fuel/ ¼ Using automatic transmission fluid lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer WARNING other than Genuine Nissan Matic J information” section for drain and refill capac- ATF will cause deterioration in drive- ity. The drain and refill capacity depends on ¼ Prolonged and repeated contact with ability and automatic transmission the oil temperature and drain time. Use these used engine oil may cause skin can- durability, and may damage the auto- specifications for reference only. Always use cer. matic transmission, which is not cov- the dipstick to determine the proper amount ered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim- of oil in the engine. ¼ Try to avoid direct skin contact with ited warranty.10. Start the engine and check for leakage used oil. If skin contact is made, around the drain plug and the oil filter. wash thoroughly with soap or hand Correct as required. cleaner as soon as possible. The specified automatic transmission fluid is11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 also described on caution labels located in the ¼ Keep used engine oil out of reach of engine compartment. minutes. Check the oil level with the dip- children. stick. Add engine oil if necessary.After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into position as outlined in the following steps.a. Pull the center of the small plastic clip out.b. Hold the engine undercover into position.c. Insert the clip through the undercover into the8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 218. POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For additional brake and clutch fluid information, ¼ Recommended fluid is Genuine refer to “Capacities and recommended fuel/ NISSAN PSF or equivalent. lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumer information” section of this manual. WARNING Use only new fluid. Old, inferior or con- taminated fluid may damage the brake system. Do not add synthetic brake fluid. The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle’s stopping ability. SDI1443Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.The fluid level should be checked using the HOT CAUTIONrange at fluid temperatures of 122 - 176°F (50 -80°C) or using the COLD range at fluid tem- Do not spill the fluid on any paintedperatures of 32 - 86°F (0 - 30°C). surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash theIf the fluid is below the MIN line, add Genuine surface with water.NISSAN PSF fluid. Remove the cap and fillthrough the opening. CAUTION ¼ Do not overfill. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 219. WINDOW WASHER FLUID SDI0847 SDI1478 SDI1444BRAKE FLUID CLUTCH FLUID Open the cap and add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light comes on. Add aCheck the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid washer solvent to the washer fluid for betterbelow the MIN line or the brake warning light level is below the MIN. line, add Genuine cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldcomes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or washer anti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’sDuty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX. line. instructions for the mixture ratio.the MAX line. If fluid must be added frequently, If fluid is added frequently, the system should be Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-the system should be thoroughly checked by a thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer. shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-NISSAN dealer. freeze Fluid or equivalent.8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 220. BATTERY ¼ Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any 3. Close and lock all the doors using the WARNING corrosion should be washed off with a solu- key or keyfob. tion of baking soda and water. 4. Disconnect the negative (−) battery ter-Anti-freeze is poisonous and should be ¼ Make certain the terminal connections are minal.stored carefully in marked containers clean and securely tightened. 5. Securely close the hood.out of the reach of children. ¼ If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or To connect the negative (−) battery termi- longer, disconnect the (—) negative battery nal, perform the procedure in the following terminal to prevent discharging it. order. Otherwise, the window and the side CAUTION roof panel may contact and be damaged. CAUTION 1. Unlock (using the key) and open theDo not substitute engine anti-freeze driver side door. Do not close the door.coolant for window washer solution. When the battery cable is removed from 2. Open the hood.This may result in damage to the paint. the battery terminal, do not close either of the front doors. The automatic win- 3. Connect the negative (−) battery termi- nal. Then close the hood. dow adjusting function will not work, and the side roof panel/top side rail 4. Fully open the driver side door window. may be damaged by doing so. 5. Close the driver side door and the win- dow. To disconnect the negative (−) battery ter- minal, perform the procedure in the follow- WARNING ing order. Otherwise, the window and the side roof panel/top side rail may contact ¼ Do not expose the battery to flames and be damaged. or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas, 1. Close the windows. generated by battery fluid, is explo- sive. Do not allow battery fluid to 2. Open the hood. contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 221. painted surfaces. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 min- utes and seek medical attention. ¼ Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low. Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the bat- tery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead DI0137MA SDI1480 to an explosion. ¼ When working on or near a battery, Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be JUMP STARTING between the UPPER LEVEL k and LOWER 1 always wear suitable eye protection LEVEL k lines. 2 If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” and remove all jewelry. in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled engine does not start by jump starting, the ¼ Battery posts, terminals and related water to bring the level to the indicator in each battery may have to be replaced. Contact a accessories contain lead and lead filler opening. Do not overfill. NISSAN dealer. compounds. Wash hands after han- Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under dling. severe conditions require frequent checks of the ¼ Keep the battery out of the reach of battery fluid level. children. 1. Remove the cell plugs k . A 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line k. 1 3. Tighten cell plugs.8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 222. DRIVE BELTS SPARK PLUGS 1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual REPLACING SPARK PLUGS wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesion or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or loose, have If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer. for servicing. 2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi- tion and tension. WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely. CAUTION SDI1389A1. Power steering fluid pump Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect2. Alternator socket can damage the spark plugs.3. Crankshaft pulley4. Air conditioner compressor̄: Tension checking points WARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position. The engine could rotate unexpectedly. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 223. AIR CLEANER others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops the flame if the engine backfires. If it is not there, and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner removed, and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed. ¼ Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury. SDI0145 SDI1446APlatinum-tipped spark plugs To remove the filter from the air cleaner, pull off the lock pins k and pull the unit upward k . 1 2It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tippedspark plugs as frequently as the conventional The filter element should not be cleaned andtype spark plugs since they will last much longer. reused. Replace it according to the maintenanceFollow the maintenance log but, do not reuse log shown in the Service and Maintenancethem by cleaning or regapping. Guide. When replacing the filter, wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with aAlways replace with recommended damp cloth.platinum-tipped spark plugs. WARNING ¼ Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 224. WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES rinse the blade with clear water. If your wind- CAUTION shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades. ¼ After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position. Otherwise it may be damaged when the engine hood is opened. ¼ Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arms may be damaged from wind pressure. ¼ Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Your wind-shield is clean if beads do not form when rinsingwith clear water.Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soakedin a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 225. SDI1649AREPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.1. Pull the wiper arm.2. Push the release tab k , then move the wiper A blade down the wiper arm to remove k .B3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm SDI1589 until a click sounds. If necessary, clean the windshield washer nozzle with a needle or small pin.8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 226. PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKEPEDAL Self-adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied. WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. SDI1447A DI1020MOCHECKING PARKING BRAKE CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL Brake pad wear indicatorsFrom the released position, pull the parking With the engine running, check the distance k A The disc brake pads on your vehicle have au-brake lever up slowly and firmly. If the number of between the upper surface of the pedal and the dible wear indicators. When a brake pad re-clicks is out of the range listed below, see a metal floor. If it is out of the range shown below, quires replacement, it will make a high pitchedNISSAN dealer. see a NISSAN dealer. scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is¼ 6 - 7 clicks under pulling force of 45 lb (200 Distance k : Under depressing force of 110 lb A depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as N) (490 N) possible if the wear indicator sound is heard. Automatic Manual Under some driving or climate conditions, occa- Transmission model Transmission model sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may 3.74 in (95 mm) or more 3.54 in (90 mm) or more be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Proper brake inspection intervals should Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 227. FUSESbe followed. For additional information, see theappropriate maintenance log shown in theNISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.BRAKE BOOSTERCheck the brake booster function as follows:1. With the engine off, press and release the brake pedal several times. When brake pedal movement (distance of travel) remains the same from one pedal application to the next, continue on to the next step.2. While depressing the brake pedal, start the engine. The pedal height should drop a little. SDI1751 SDI17523. With the brake pedal depressed, stop the engine. Keeping the pedal depressed for Some vehicles are equipped with engine com- If a type k fuse is used to replace a type k A B about 30 seconds, the pedal height should partment and passenger compartment fuse fuse, the type k fuse will not be level with the A not change. boxes that use only type k fuses. Other ve- A fuse pocket as shown in the illustration. This will hicles are equipped with type k fuses in the A not affect the performance of the fuse. Make4. Run the engine for one minute without de- engine compartment fuse box and type k fuses B sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely. pressing the brake pedal, then turn it off. in the passenger compartment fuse box. Depress the brake pedal several times. The Type k fuses cannot be installed in the under- B pedal travel distance will decrease gradually Type k fuses are provided as spare fuses. They A hood fuse boxes. Only use type k fuses in the A with each depression as the vacuum is re- are stored in the passenger compartment fuse underhood fuse boxes. leased from the booster. box.If the brakes do not operate properly, see a Type k fuses can be installed in the engine ANISSAN dealer. compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes.8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 228. SDI1479B SDI1753 SDI1754 Type A Type BENGINE COMPARTMENT 2. Open the engine hood and remove the cover Fusible links on the battery and the fuse/fusible link holder. If any electrical equipment does not operate and CAUTION 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by fuses are in good condition, check the fusible pushing the tabs k and lifting the cover k . 1 2 links. If any of these fusible links are melted, Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. amperage rating than that specified on 5. If the fuse is open k , replace it with a new A the fuse box cover. This could damage fuse k . B the electrical system or cause a fire. 6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSANIf any electrical equipment does not operate, dealer.check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch and headlight switch are OFF. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 229. KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT SDI1393PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 2. Open the fuse box lid. 3. Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with the fuse CAUTION puller and pull it out. 4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse. Never use a fuse of a higher or lower 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical amperage rating than that specified on system checked and repaired by a NISSAN the fuse box cover. This could damage dealer. SDI1608 the electrical system or cause a fire. Replace the battery as follows: 1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse. 2. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: CR2025 or equiva-1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF. lent8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 230. Make sure that the ⊕ side faces the Industry Canada. Operation is subject to bottom case. the following two conditions: (1) This de- vice may not cause harmful interference,3. Close the lid securely. and (2) this device must accept any inter-4. Push the keyfob button two or three times to ference received, including interference check its operation. that may cause undesired operation of the device.See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.¼ Be careful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal.¼ An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.¼ The keyfob is water-resistant; however, if it gets wet, immediately wipe it com- pletely dry.¼ When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob.FCC Notice:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compliancecould void the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. This device complies withPart 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 231. LIGHTS k Front view 1 1. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam) 2. Spot light 3. Front park light 4. Front turn signal light 5. Front side marker light k Rear view (Coupe), 2 k Rear view (Roadster) 3 6. Luggage compartment light (Coupe) or Trunk light (Roadster) 7. High-mounted stop light 8. Rear combination light (Side marker, Stop/Tail) 9. License plate lights 10. Rear combination light (Back-up, Turn signal) SDI15718-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 232. HEADLIGHTS CAUTIONReplacingIf replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer. ¼ High pressure halogen gas is sealedXenon headlight bulb: inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped. WARNING ¼ When handling the bulb, do not touch the glass envelope. HIGH VOLTAGE ¼ Do not touch the bulb. When xenon headlights are on, they ¼ Use the same number and wattage as produce a high voltage. To prevent an originally installed: electric shock, never attempt to modify Bulb no. (Wattage) or disassemble. Always have your xe- D2R (35W) - Xenon low-beam non headlights replaced at a NISSAN H7 (55W) - High-beam dealer. For additional information, see or “Headlight and turn signal switch” in H7 (55W) - Halogen low-beam the “2. Instruments and controls” sec- H1 (55W) - High-beam tion. ¼ Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long periodHalogen headlight bulb: of time as dust, moisture and smokeThe headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which may enter the headlight body anduses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. A affect the performance of the head-bulb can be replaced from under the engine light.compartment without removing the headlightassembly. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 233. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. Front turn signal light* 21 T20 Front park light* 5 T10 Front side marker light* 5 T10 Rear combination light (Upper) Stop/Tail 21/5 T20 Side marker 5 T10 Rear combination light (Lower) Back-up* 21 T20 Turn signal* 21 T20 License plate light (x 2) 5 T10 High-mounted stop light* (LED) — Spot light 8 — Luggage compartment light (Coupe) 5 — MDI0006 Trunk light (Roadster)* 3.4 — Vanity mirror light 1.8 — Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. When Rear floor box light* 1.4 — replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement. cover.8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 234. Rear combination light (Stop/Tail, Side marker) k Remove the covers and the bolts from the 3 1 places. k Use a flat-bladed screwdriver to make a 2 clearance between the light unit and the vehicle. k Pull the light unit toward the direction shown 3 in the illustration. Be careful not to damage the mounting pins k . A k Turn the bulb sockets to replace the bulbs. 4SDI1449 SDI1450A Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 235. SDI1779 SDI1401A SDI1572Interior light (Roadster)Be careful not to snap the nails k on the plastic Acover when removing it. SDI14518-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 236. WHEELS AND TIRESTIRE PRESSURE Tire Inflation Pressure” heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver in reduced tire life, unsafe operatingLow tire pressure warning system side center pillar. Tire pressures should be conditions due to premature tire fail- checked regularly because: ure, or unfavorable handling charac-This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres-sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of teristics and could also lead to a ¼ Most tires naturally lose air over time.all tires except the spare. When the low tire serious accident. Loading beyond thepressure warning light is lit, one or more of your ¼ Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over specified capacity may also result intires is significantly under-inflated. The system potholes or other objects or if the vehicle failure of other vehicle components.also displays pressure of all tires (except the strikes a curb while parking. ¼ Before taking a long trip, or when-spare tire) on the trip computer by sending a The tire pressures should be checked when the ever you heavily load your vehicle,signal from a sensor that is installed in each tires are cold. The tires are considered COLDwheel. use a tire pressure gauge to ensure after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at that the tire pressures are at theThe low tire pressure warning system will acti- specified level.vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds moderate speeds.above 20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, this system may Incorrect tire pressure, including under in- ¼ Do not drive your vehicle over 85not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for flation, may adversely affect tire life and MPH (137 km/h) unless it is equippedexample a flat tire while driving). vehicle handling. with high speed rated tires. DrivingFor more details, refer to “Trip computer” and faster than 85 MPH (137 km/h) may“Low tire pressure warning light” in the “2. WARNING result in tire failure, loss of controlInstruments and controls” section, “Low tire and possible injury.pressure warning system” in the “5. Starting and ¼ Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-driving” section, and “Flat tire” in the “6. In case ¼ For additional information regarding denly and cause an accident. tires, refer to “Important Tire Safetyof emergency” section. ¼ The vehicle weight capacity is indi- Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-Tire inflation pressure formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyCheck the pressure of the tires (including the cated on the Tire and Loading Infor- mation label. Do not load your ve- Information Booklet.spare) often and always prior to long distancetrips. The recommended tire pressure specifica- hicle beyond this capacity.tions are shown on the Tire and Loading Infor- Overloading your vehicle may resultmation label under the “Recommended Cold Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 237. k Recommended cold tire inflation pressure: 4 Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling characteristics, driveability, tire noise, etc., based on the vehicle’s GVWR. k Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” later in this 5 section. k and k Spare tire size or compact spare tire 6 7 size (if so equipped) Checking the tire pressure 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is SDI1574 heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage.Tire and loading information label k Vehicle load limit: See loading information in 2 3. Remove the gauge. the “9. Technical and consumer information”k Seating capacity: The maximum number of 1 section. 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem occupants that can be seated in the vehicle. and compare it to the specification shown on k Original tire size: The size of the tires origi- 3 the Tire and Loading Information label. nally installed on the vehicle at the factory. 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 238. is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed.6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other tires, includ- ing the spare. Cold Tire Inflation Coupe model Size Pressure 225/50R17 Front Original Tire 240 kPa (35 psi) 225/45R18 235/50R17 Rear Original Tire 240 kPa (35 psi) 245/45R18 SDI1575 SDI1606 EXAMPLE EXAMPLE T145/90D16 Spare Tire T155/80R17 420 kPa (60 psi) TIRE LABELING k Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H) 1 Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed for Cold Tire Inflation standardized information on the sidewall of all passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this Roadster model Size information.) Pressure tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and 2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives 225/50R17 220 kPa (32 psi) Front Original Tire also provides the tire identification number (TIN) the width in millimeters of the tire from side- 225/45R18 240 kPa (35 psi) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be wall edge to sidewall edge. used to identify the tire in case of a recall. 235/50R17 220 kPa (32 psi) 3. Two-digit number (60): This number, known Rear Original Tire 245/45R18 240 kPa (35 psi) as the aspect ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of height to width. T145/90D16 Spare Tire 420 kPa (60 psi) 4. R: The “R” stands for radial. T155/80R17 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches. Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 239. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number the tire was built. For example, the numbers is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. how much weight each tire can support. (You may not find this information on all tires k Tire ply composition and material 3 because it is not required by law.) The number of layers or plies of rubber- coated fabric in the tire.7. H: Tire Speed Rating. The speed rating de- Tire manufacturers also must indicate the notes the speed at which a tire is designed to materials in the tire, which include steel, be driven for extended periods of time. The nylon, polyester, and others. ratings range from 98 MPH (miles per hour) to 186 MPH. (You may not find this informa- k Maximum permissible inflation pressure 4 tion on all tires because it is not required by This number is the greatest amount of air law.) pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. SDI1607 EXAMPLE k Maximum load rating 5 k TIN (Tire Identification Number) for new tire 2 This number indicates the maximum load in (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX) kilograms and pounds that can be carried by 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of the tire. When replacing the tires on the Transportation”. The symbol can be vehicle, always use a tire that has the same placed above, below or to the left or load rating as the factory installed tire. right of the Tire Identification Number. k Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” 6 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identification Indicates that the tire requires an inner tube mark (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”). 3. Two-digit code: Tire size k The word “radial” 7 The word “radial” is shown, if the tire has a 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional) radial structure. 5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture k Manufacturer or Brand name 8 6. Four numbers represent the week and year Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 240. Other tire-related terminology Snow tires speed. Never exceed the maximumIn addition to the many terms that are defined speed rating of the tire. If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selectthroughout this section, Intended Outboard tires equivalent in size and load rating to theSidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a ¼ For additional information regarding original equipment tires. If you do not, it canwhitewall, bears white lettering or bears manu- tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety adversely affect the safety and handling of yourfacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In- vehicle.is higher or deeper than the same molding on the formation” (Canada) in the Warranty Generally, snow tires will have lower speedother sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward Information Booklet. ratings than factory equipped tires and may notracing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a match the potential maximum vehicle speed.particular side that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle. All season tires Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. NISSAN specifies all season tires on someTYPES OF TIRES models to provide good performance for use all If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy year round, including snowy and icy road condi- conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of WARNING tions. All season tires are identified by ALL snow or all season tires on all four wheels. SEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires ¼ When changing or replacing tires, be may be used. However, some provinces and tires and may be more appropriate in some sure all four tires are of the same areas. states prohibit their use. Check local, state and type (i.e., Summer, All Season or provincial laws before installing studded tires. Snow) and construction. A NISSAN Summer tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow dealer may be able to help you with NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than information about tire type, size, to provide superior performance on dry roads. that of non-studded snow tires. speed rating and availability. Summer tire performance in snow and ice will be TIRE CHAINS substantially reduced. Summer tires do not have ¼ Replacement tires may have a lower Use of tire chains may be prohibited according the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall. speed rating than the factory to location. Check the local laws before installing equipped tires, and may not match If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy tire chains. When installing tire chains, make the potential maximum vehicle conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of sure they are of proper size for the tires on your snow or all season tires on all four wheels. vehicle and are installed according to the chain Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 241. manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESclass “S” chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Tire rotationVehicles that can use Class “S” chains are Tires cannot be rotated in this vehicle, as frontdesigned to meet the SAE standard minimum tires are different size from rear tires and theclearances between the tire and the closest direction of wheel rotation is fixed in each tire.vehicle suspension or body component requiredto accommodate the use of a winter traction A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent thedevice (tire chains or cables). The minimum rear wheels from being installed in place of theclearances are determined using the factory front wheels. The spare tire can be installed inequipped tire size. Other types may damage place of the front and rear wheels. When install-your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recom- ing the spare tire in the front wheel, the hole inmended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pina tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must on the brake rotor.be secured or removed to prevent the possibility SDI1663of whipping action damage to the fenders orundercarriage. If possible, avoid fully loading 1. Wear indicatoryour vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, 2. Wear indicator location markdrive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your ve-hicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling Tire wear and damageand performance may be adversely affected.¼ Never install tire chains on a T-type WARNING spare tire. ¼ Tires should be periodically in-¼ Do not use the chains on dry roads. spected for wear, cracking, bulging or¼ Tire chains must be installed only on the objects caught in the tread. If exces- rear wheels and not on the front wheels. sive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 242. ¼ The original tires have built-in tread tires of different brands, construction function. Contact a NISSAN dealer as wear indicators. When the wear indi- (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread soon as possible for tire replacement cators are visible, the tire(s) should patterns can adversely affect the ride, and/or system resetting. (For models be replaced. braking, handling, ground clearance, with the low tire pressure warning body-to-tire clearance, tire chain system) ¼ Improper service of the spare tire clearance, speedometer calibration, may result in serious personal injury. ¼ Do not install a deformed wheel or headlight aim and bumper height. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire even if it has been repaired. Such Some of these effects may lead to tire, contact a NISSAN dealer. wheels or tires could have structural accidents and could result in serious damage and could fail without warn- ¼ For additional information regarding personal injury. ing. tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety ¼ If the wheels are changed for any Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In- ¼ The use of retread tire is not recom- reason, always replace with wheels formation” (Canada) in the Warranty mended. which have the same off-set dimen- Information Booklet. sion. Wheels of a different off-set ¼ For additional information regarding could cause premature tire wear, tires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyReplacing wheels and tires possibly degraded vehicle handling Information” (US) or “Tire Safety In-When replacing a tire, use the same size, speed characteristics and/or interference formation” (Canada) in the Warrantyrating and load carrying capacity as originally with the brake discs/drums. Such in- Information Booklet.equipped. See “Specifications” in the “9. Tech- terference can lead to decreasednical and consumer information” section for rec- braking efficiency and/or early brakeommended types and sizes of tires and wheels. pad/shoe wear. Wheel balance ¼ When a spare tire is mounted or a Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling WARNING wheel is replaced, tire pressure will and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be not be indicated and the low tire ¼ The use of tires other than those balanced as required. pressure warning system will not recommended or the mixed use of Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 243. the front wheels on the vehicle could lead totransmission damage. CAUTION indicators appear.For additional information regarding tires, refer to ¼ Because the T-type spare tire is“Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire ¼ The T-type spare tire should be used smaller than the original tire, groundSafety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty for emergency use only. It should be clearance is reduced. To avoid dam-Information booklet. replaced by the standard tire at the age to the vehicle, do not drive overCare of wheels first opportunity. obstacles. Also, do not drive the ve- ¼ Drive carefully while the T-type spare hicle through an automatic car wash¼ Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle since it may get caught. to maintain their appearance. tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking ¼ Do not use the T-type spare tire on¼ Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the while driving. other vehicles. vehicle is washed. ¼ Do not use more than one T-type ¼ Periodically check the T-type spare¼ Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing tire inflation pressure, and always spare tire at the same time. the wheels. keep it at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). ¼ Do not tow a trailer while the T-type¼ Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or spare tire is installed. ¼ Do not drive your vehicle at speeds corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).¼ NISSAN recommends that the road wheels ¼ Do not use tire chains on a T-type be waxed to protect against road salt in areas spare tire. Tire chains will not fit where it is used during winter. properly on the T-type spare tire and may cause damage to the vehicle.Spare tire (T-type spare tire) ¼ Tire tread of the T-type spare tire willObserve the following precautions if the T-type wear at a faster rate than the stan-spare tire must be used, otherwise your vehiclecould be damaged or involved in an accident. dard tire. Replace the T-type spare tire as soon as the tread wear8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 244. 9 Technical and consumer informationCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .............. 9-2 Installing front license plate ............................................. 9-13 Fuel recommendation .................................................... 9-3 Vehicle loading information ............................................. 9-14 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .................. 9-5 Terms ............................................................................... 9-14 Recommended SAE viscosity number ...................... 9-6 Vehicle load capacity.................................................... 9-15 Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant Loading tips .................................................................... 9-15 recommendations ........................................................... 9-6 Towing a trailer ................................................................... 9-16Specifications ........................................................................ 9-8 Maximum load limits .................................................... 9-16 Engine ................................................................................ 9-8 Towing safety ................................................................ 9-17 Wheels and tires .............................................................. 9-9 Flat towing............................................................................. 9-20 Dimensions and weights ............................................... 9-9 Automatic transmission ................................................ 9-21When traveling or registering your vehicle in another Manual transmission ..................................................... 9-21country .................................................................................. 9-10 Uniform tire quality grading ............................................. 9-21Vehicle identification ......................................................... 9-10 Emission control system warranty ................................. 9-22 Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate ............... 9-10 Reporting safety defects (US only) ................................ 9-22 Vehicle identification number (chassis number) .... 9-10 Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test Engine serial number ................................................... 9-11 (US only) .............................................................................. 9-23 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ................ 9-11 Event data recorders ......................................................... 9-24 Emission control information label ........................... 9-11 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order Tire and loading information label ............................ 9-12 information............................................................................. 9-25 Air conditioner specification label ............................ 9-12 In the event of a collision ........................................... 9-25 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 245. CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTSThe following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity. Capacity (Approximate) Recommended US Imp specifications Liter measure measureFuel 20 gal 16-5/8 gal 76 Unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1Engine oil (Drain and refill)*2 With oil filter change 5 qt 4-1/8 qt 4.7 ¼ API Certification Mark*3, *4 ¼ API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ or SL, Energy Conserving*3, *4 Without oil filter change 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt 4.4 ¼ ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*2, *3Cooling system With reservoir 9-1/4 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.7 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalent Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/5 qt 0.8Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF*5 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) HQ Multi 75W-85 or API GL-4, ViscosityManual transmission gear oil — — — SAE 75W-85 or 75W-90Differential gear oil — — — API GL-5, Viscosity SAE 80W-90*6Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*7Brake and clutch fluid the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section. Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*8 or equivalent DOT 3 (U.S. FMVSS No. 116)Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*9Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalentWindshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent*1: For additional information, see “Fuel recommendation” later in this chapter.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*3: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this chapter.*4: For additional information, see “Recommended SAE viscosity number” later in this chapter.*5: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.*6: For hot areas, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32°F (0°C).*7: For Canada, Nissan Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), DEXRONTMIII/MERCONTM or equivalent ATF may also be used.*8: Available in mainland US through a NISSAN dealer.*9: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in this section for air conditioner specification label.9-2 Technical and consumer information ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 246. FUEL RECOMMENDATION patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily Under no circumstances should a determined. If in doubt, ask your service stationUse unleaded premium gasoline with an octane leaded gasoline be used, because this manager.rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) will damage the three-way catalyst.number (Research octane number 96). If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take the following precautions as the usage of suchIf premium gasoline is not available, unleaded fuels may cause vehicle performance problemsregular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI Gasoline specifications and/or fuel system damage.number (Research octane number 91) may be NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetstemporarily used, but only under the following the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi- ¼ The fuel should be unleaded and haveprecautions: cations where it is available. Many of the auto- an octane rating no lower than that mobile manufacturers developed this specifica- recommended for unleaded gasoline.¼ Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill up with tion to improve emission control system and ¼ If an oxygenate-blend, excepting a unleaded premium gasoline as soon as pos- vehicle performance. Ask your service station methanol blend, is used, it should con- manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC tain no more than 10% oxygenate. sible. specifications. (MTBE may, however, be added up to¼ Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accelera- 15%.) tion. Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu- ¼ If a methanol blend is used, it shouldHowever, for maximum vehicle perfor- contain no more than 5% methanol (me- lated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallymance, the use of unleaded premium gaso- thyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It should designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANline is recommended. also contain a suitable amount of ap- supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug- gests that you use reformulated gasoline when propriate cosolvents and corrosion in- CAUTION available. hibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion Gasoline containing oxygenates inhibitors, such methanol blends may Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con- Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing cause fuel system damage and/or ve- oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha- hicle performance problems. At this trol system, and may also affect the nol with or without advertising their presence. time, sufficient data is not available to warranty coverage. NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of ensure that all methanol blends are which the oxygenate content and the fuel com- suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles. Technical and consumer information 9-3 ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 247. If any undesirable driveability problems such as condition. Failure to correct the conditionengine stalling and hard hot starting are experi- is misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSANenced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, imme- is not responsible.diately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking,with a low blend of MTBE. after-run or overheating. This in turn may causeTake care not to spill gasoline during refu- excessive fuel consumption or damage to theeling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can engine. If any of the above symptoms are en-cause paint damage. countered, have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service fa-Aftermarket fuel additives cility.NISSAN does not recommend the use of any However, now and then you may noticeaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel in- light spark knock for a short time whilejector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve de- accelerating or driving up hills. This is noposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer- cause for concern, because you get thecially. Many of these additives intended for gum, greatest fuel benefit when there is lightvarnish or deposit removal may contain active spark knock for a short time under heavysolvents or similar ingredients that can be harm- engine load.ful to the fuel system and engine.Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the above statedoctane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have your dealer correct the9-4 Technical and consumer information ੬ 04.7.7/Z33-D/V5.0 ੭
  • 248. NISSAN recommends mineral ba